10j Manual

10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System
TM
TM
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1M23N29204
Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq
Entire Contents © 2014
7$%/(2)&217(176
Introduction ............................................6
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7
INTRODUC-
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................8 TION
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
UHDGLQJ.......................................................9
%HIRUHXVH ..............................................12 BEFORE USE

Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI- ........................................12
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....13
Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................13
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV................................................14 COMMON
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................15
%DWWHU\ ............................................................. 17
6ZLWFK ............................................................. 18
7RWXUQRQWKH- ......................................... 18
5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV .................... 19 AIRPLANE
&KDUJLQJWKHEDWWHULHV ................................... 22
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 23
$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW............................. 24
&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 24
7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V EXWWRQV .................... 25 HELICOPTER
:DUQLQJ HUURUGLVSOD\V.............................. 26
/LQNSURFHGXUH ............................................... 27
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................28
Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................29
GLIDER
Ɣ5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............
Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................31
Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................32
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................33
MULTICOPTER
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................34
Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................35
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................36
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................37
TX SETTING
3
&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................38 6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 65
Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW .............................................. Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................66
0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 41 7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 66
0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 41 7HOHPHWU\([WYROW .........................................
'DWHUHVHW......................................................... 41 7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 75
5;W\SH............................................................ 42 7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 76
/LQN ................................................................. 42 7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 77
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 78
Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................43
0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 43 7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 79
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG.............................................. 81
8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 44
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 82
Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................45
Ɣ6HQVRUVORW.................................................83
Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................47
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 84
Ɣ7LPHU.........................................................48 6HQVRUVHQVVORW ............................................... 85
Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU...........................................49 6HQVRULQLWLDOL]H .............................................. 86
Ɣ(QGSRLQW .................................................. 6HQVRUDOOFOHDU ............................................... 87
6HQVRUPDQXDOO\DVVLJQLQJDVHQVRU ............. 88
Ɣ7ULP...........................................................51
Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................52 Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................89
Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53 Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................92
Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56 Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93
Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................58
'DWHUHVHW......................................................... $LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95
0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 61 Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO..................................97
6ZDVKW\SHIRUKHOL....................................... 61 Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU .....................................98
:LQJW\SHIRUJOLGHU .................................... 61
Ɣ97DLO .........................................................99
$7/7ULP ........................................................ 61
/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 62 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................
%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 62 Ɣ(OHYRQ .....................................................
/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 62 Ɣ$LOYDWRU ...................................................
/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 62 Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOH0L[LQJ ......................
+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 62
Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 62
%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ................... 63 Ɣ)ODSHURQ..................................................
%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 63 Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................
-RJNH\QDYLJDWLRQ .......................................... 63 Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ..........................
-RJOLJKW ........................................................... 63 Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 111
-RJOLJKWWLPH .................................................. 64
Ɣ)ODSWULP ................................................. 112
7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 64
7HOHPHWU\XQLW................................................. 64 Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW............................................. 113
6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 64 Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................ 115
6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 64 Ɣ6QDSUROO.................................................. 116
4
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................ 117 Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................
Ɣ3,7FXUYH ................................................ 118 Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................161
Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ ......................................... 119 Ɣ&DPEHUĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ....................162
Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................163
+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................ Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ......................165
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................122 Ɣ$LOHURQĺ%UDNHÀDS ..............................166
Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................123 Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................167
Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................124
Ɣ6ZDVKULQJ ..............................................126 0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................168
Ɣ7ULPRIIVHW ..............................................127 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................
Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................128 Ɣ'XDOUDWH ／ (;32 ................................171
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW.............................................129 Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................173
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................131
Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................132 7;VHWWLQJ............................................174
Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................134 Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................174
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................136 Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................174
Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ3,7WR58' .........138 Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH.............................175
Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG .......................................... Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................175
Ɣ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ ....................................141
Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................143
Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................144
Ɣ+,/2SLWFKWULP ...................................145
Ɣ6ZDVKĺ7KURWWOHPL[LQJ .......................146
Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOHPL[LQJ.......................147
*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................148
Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO................................
Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU ...................................151
Ɣ9WDLO........................................................152
Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................153
Ɣ'XDOUDWH／ (;32 ................................154
Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................156
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................157
Ɣ5XGGHUĺ$LOHURQPL[LQJ ......................158
Ɣ&DPEHUÀDSPL[LQJ ...............................159
5
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 10J series digital proportional R/C
system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order
IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\
,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH
)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH
Futaba Service Center.
Introduction
'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV
subject to change without notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during
your hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG
programming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 10J Frequently Asked Questions web site
DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\
information on the 10J radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US
PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU
TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO
for the most rapid and convenient response.
'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHV
VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\
PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU
RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ
KRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH
to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY: FOR SUPPORT :

Futaba Service Center (PROGRAMMING AND USER
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH QUESTIONS)
&KDPSDLJQ,/ Please start here for answers to most questions:
3KRQH www.futaba-rc.com/faq/
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html )D[
Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com 3KRQHRSWLRQ
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV
problems or service needs.
3OHDVH UHFRJQL]H WKDW DOO LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ WKLV PDQXDO DQG DOO VXSSRUW DYDLODELOLW\ LV EDVHG XSRQ
the systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact
your region’s support center for assistance.
6
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ
7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFHERDWFDUURERWXVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG
for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes.
7KH SURGXFW LV VXEMHFW WR UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH 0LQLVWU\ RI 5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQG LV
restricted under Japanese law to such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
D:KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\
the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If
Introduction
WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW
Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased
WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ
\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH
been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control
5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW
be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models.
0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG
the warranty.
Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI
WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV
7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH
undesired operation.
(3) This module meets the requirements for a mobile device that may be used at separation
distances of more than 20cm from human body.
To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with another
transmitting device.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP6XSSRUW
7(/RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP6HUYLFH
7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV
indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide
SURJUDP WR FROOHFW DQG UHF\FOH WKHVH EDWWHULHV DW WKH HQG RI WKHLU XVHIXO OLYHV ZKHQ
WDNHQ RXW RI VHUYLFH ZLWKLQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV7KH 5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHV D
convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or
PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
(for USA)
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please
FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ\RXUDUHD)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQ
involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and conserving
natural resources.
5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ
7
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)
7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH
SXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHGWRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ
against harmful interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG
DQG XVHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV PD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR
FRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODU
LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQ
ZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR
Introduction
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.
CAUTION:
To assure continued FCC compliance:
$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH
user's authority to operate the equipment.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&& 5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDUDWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DW OHDVW
20cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Meaning of Special Markings

Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks:
DANGER - Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious
injury if not carried out properly.
WARNING - Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or
VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RI
VXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK
CAUTION 3URFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXV LQMXU\ WR WKH XVHU LV VPDOO EXW
WKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\
3URKLELWHG 0DQGDWRU\
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.
FLYING SAFETY
WARNING
7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV
Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 10J protects the model memories
ZLWK QRQYRODWLOH ((3520 PHPRU\ ZKLFK GRHV QRW UHTXLUH SHULRGLF UHSODFHPHQW DQG
QRW D EDWWHU\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU VWLOO VKRXOG KDYH UHJXODU FKHFNXSV IRU ZHDU DQG WHDU :H
recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your non-
À\LQJVHDVRQIRUDFRPSOHWHFKHFNXSDQGVHUYLFH
8
NiMH/NiCd Battery
Charge the batteries!6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV$OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKH
WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHULHV EHIRUH HDFK À\LQJ VHVVLRQ$ ORZ EDWWHU\ ZLOO VRRQ GLH
SRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVVRIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW
\RXU7-¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQGGXULQJWKHVHVVLRQSD\DWWHQWLRQWRWKHGXUDWLRQRIXVDJH
Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your
radio’s low battery warning systems, intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to
UHFKDUJH$OZD\VFKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKÀLJKW
Introduction
Where to Fly
:H UHFRPPHQG WKDW \RX À\ DW D UHFRJQL]HG PRGHO DLUSODQH À\LQJ ¿HOG<RX FDQ ¿QG PRGHO
FOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\
RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV
<RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFW WKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$ ZKLFK KDV PRUH
WKDQ FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVV WKH FRXQWU\ 7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RI WKHP LQVWUXFWRU WUDLQLQJ
SURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO
free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics

(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH
)D[
or via the Internet at http:\\www.
modelaircraft.org
$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and
ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQ DQG DQ\ REVWDFOHV RQ WKH ¿HOG %H YHU\ FDUHIXO
À\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH
radio interference in their vicinity.
9
NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by
)XWDEDWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+EDWWHULHVLQWKH7-WUDQVPLWWHULQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW
,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRI1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHV$OZD\VUHDG
WKH VSHFLILFDWLRQV SULQWHG RQ WKH ODEHO RI \RXU 1L0+1L&G EDWWHU\ DQG FKDUJHU SULRU WR XVH
)DLOXUHWRIROORZWKHSURFHHGLQJSUHFDXWLRQVFDQTXLFNO\UHVXOWLQVHYHUHSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWR
the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
Introduction
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRGLVDVVHPEOH1L0+1L&GSDFNVRUFHOOV
'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRFRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKPRLVWXUHRUZDWHUDWDQ\WLPH
$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ
XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH
'RQRWOHDYHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\XQDWWHQGHGDWDQ\WLPHZKLOHEHLQJFKDUJHGRUGLVFKDUJHG
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW
$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5
&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP
'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKH ³&´ UDWLQJ RI WKH EDWWHU\ ³&´
equals the rated capacity of the battery).
'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRRYHUKHDWDWDQ\WLPH&HOOVZKLFKUHDFKJUHDWHUWKDQGHJUHHV
)DKUHQKHLW&VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ
1L0+1L&GFHOOVZLOOQRWFKDUJHIXOO\ZKHQWRRFROGRUVKRZIXOOFKDUJH
,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV
excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery
ZKLFKKDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQ
damaged in any way.
'RQRWXVHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\LI\RXVXVSHFWSK\VLFDOGDPDJHKDVRFFXUUHGWRWKHSDFN&DUHIXOO\
LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ
DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ²ZDVK
DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\
LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV
'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU
'RQRWGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVDWFXUUHQWVZKLFKH[FHHGWKHGLVFKDUJHFXUUHQWUDWLQJRIWKH
battery.
$OZD\VVWRUH1L0+1L&GFHOOVSDFNVLQDVHFXUHORFDWLRQDZD\IURPFKLOGUHQ
10
$WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG
7RSUHYHQWSRVVLEOHGDPDJHWR\RXUUDGLRJHDUWXUQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKHVRQDQGRIILQWKH
proper sequence:
3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH
2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
&RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG
Introduction
4. Turn on your receiver power.
7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWWHPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKH
cause of the problem.
Test to ensure that the FailSafe settings are correct after adjusting them. Turn the transmitter
RIIDQGFRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ
6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH
7. Complete a full range check.
$IWHUÀ\LQJEULQJ\RXUWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQHQJDJHDQ\NLOOVZLWFKHVRURWKHUZLVH
disarm your motor/engine.
9. Turn off receiver power.
10. Turn off transmitter power.
,I \RX GR QRW WXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHP LQ WKLV RUGHU \RX PD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO
VXUIDFHVÀRRG\RXUHQJLQHRULQWKHFDVHRIHOHFWULFSRZHUHGRUJDVROLQHSRZHUHGPRGHOVWKH
engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury.
:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUH
that the wind won't tip it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally
PRYHGFDXVLQJWKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU
In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible
at all times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG
Doing so may result in the reduction of the quality of the radio frequency link to the model.
'RQRWJUDVSWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKW Doing so may degrade the quality
of the radio frequency transmission.
$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURP
WKHVLGHVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DW
WKHPRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLV
situation.
'RQ¶WÀ\LQWKHUDLQ:DWHURUPRLVWXUHPD\HQWHUWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWKURXJKWKHDQWHQQDRU
VWLFNRSHQLQJVDQGFDXVHHUUDWLFRSHUDWLRQRUORVVRIFRQWURO,I\RXPXVWÀ\LQZHWZHDWKHU
GXULQJDFRQWHVWEHVXUHWRFRYHU\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKDSODVWLFEDJRUZDWHUSURRIEDUULHU
1HYHUÀ\LIOLJKWQLQJLVH[SHFWHG
11
BEFORE USE
FEATURES
Ɣ7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHU
The Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed.
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP
A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the
IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWLWXGHVSHHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQGRWKHUIXVHODJH
data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.
Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ
Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.
Ɣ%XLOWLQGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQD
Diversity antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.
Before use
Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to the
transmitter.
Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU
)RXU$$
V DONDOLQH EDWWHULHV FDQ EH XVHG7KH RSWLRQDO +7)% 1L0+ 9 P$ RU
)7)%OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG
Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ
$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG
Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP
The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory.
Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKHIXVHODJH,QDGGLWLRQ
swash plate types can also be selected for helicopters. Multi-copter selection is also possible.
Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP
5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH
arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.
Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWDQGQHZOHYHUKHDGVKDSH
The lever head length can be adjusted. A new lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has
been adopted.
Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH
Mixing and other switches and knobs can be selected. Since the function of the AUX channels (5ch ∼
FKFDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH
programmable mixing function.
Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ
Model data can be wirelessly transferred between 10J or 8J transmitters.
56%UHFHLYHU
Ɣ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH
S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing is
possible.
12
Ɣ(;7EDWWHU\WHUPLQDO
7KHYROWDJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUE\EUDQFKFRQQHFWLQJWKHGULYHEDWWHU\HWFLQVWDOOHGLQ
WKHIXVHODJHZLWKWKH&$59,1FDEOHVROGVHSDUDWHO\
Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
CONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
<RXU-LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV
• T10J transmitter for airplanes or helicopters
• R3008SB Receiver
• Switch harness
• Neck strap
*The set contents depend on the type of set.
Before use
7UDQVPLWWHU7-
VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
Power supply: 6.0V Dry battery
5HFHLYHU56%
7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF
6L]H[[LQ[[PP
:HLJKWR]J
%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU
:KHQXVLQJ(6&
VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ
SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY
The 10J is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS+RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\
V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+667KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ
Communications System Usable Receivers

T-FHSS Air R3008SB
*R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system
（Default） receivers do not operate.
R2008SB
S-FHSS
R2006GS
（Change is possible） R2106GF
NOTE：
*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use
it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T10J is a T-FHSS Air systemEXWFDQDOVR
be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP
cannot be used.
*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T10J cannot be used with the
R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.
13
7KHIROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHIURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHUWRD)XWDEDFDWDORJIRU
PRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKHP$KWUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\

H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU
LiFe.
7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\E\SODFLQJ
the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T10J transmitter may be connected to another T10J
V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7-WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKHWKUHH
FRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQ
LQVWUXFWLRQV7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870
Before use
• Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos best suited for the model and
SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRUSOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
[Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-01RM]
[RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-01V]
• Neckstrap - a neckstrap can be connected to your T10J system to make it easier to handle and improve
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW
<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\
GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV
• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
• Governor - for helicopter use. Automatically adjusts throttle servo position to maintain a constant head
VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF
• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for
7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH
14
TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - AIRPLANE
Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle
VR
Flap Trim Control
This controls CH6, and if flaperon mixing Digital Trim 5
is activated controls the flap. /CH7 Control
SW(C)
SW(B)
Rudder Dual Rate Switch Elevator - Flap Mixing or
Airbrake Mixing Switch
SW(A)
Elevator Dual Rate
Switch
Before use
SW(F) SW(D)
Snap Roll or Aileron Dual Rate Switch
Trainer Switch
SW(H)
SW(E)
Landing Gear SW(G)
Switch
/CH5
Digital Trim 6
/CH8 Control
Rudder
/Throttle Elevator
Stick /Aileron
Power Stick
LED
Throttle Elevator Trim Lever
Trim Lever
Aileron Trim Lever
Rudder
Trim Lever ＋ Key
− Key
END Key
Jog Key
Power Switch LCD Panel

(Up position: ON)
Hook
(for optional neckstrap)
7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGHIRU86$V\VWHPDV

supplied by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.
15
TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - HELI
Built-in Antenna
Carrying Handle
VR
CH8 Knob
Digital Trim 5
SW(B) SW(C)
Rudder Dual Rate Switch Governor Switch/CH7
SW(A)
Elevator Dual Rate
Switch
Before use
SW(F) SW(D)
Idle-up 3 Switch Aileron Dual Rate Switch
/Gyro/CH5 SW(H)
SW(E) Trainer Switch
Idle-up 1&2 SW(G)
Switch Throttle - Hold Switch
Digital Trim 6
Throttle/Collective
Elevator
Pitch & Rudder Stick /Aileron
Power Stick
LED
Throttle/Collective Elevator Trim Lever
Pitch Trim Lever
Aileron Trim Lever
Rudder
Trim Lever ＋ Key
− Key
END Key
Jog Key
Power Switch LCD Panel

(Up position: ON)
Hook
(for optional neckstrap)
7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-+0RGHV\VWHPDVVXSSOLHG
by the factory.
You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position
within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.
16
INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRANSMITTER BATTERY
The T10J transmitter is designed to work with
HLWKHU IRXU $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV
RU +7)%)7)% EDWWHU\ SDFN ERWK
available separately. The transmitter batteries
used are a matter of personal preference. AA
Alkaline batteries are available at any local
KREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN
will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.
Before use
Remove the battery BOX if you choose
to use the optional HT5F1800B/FT2F2100B
push and slide down
EDWWHU\SDFNZKLFKFDQEHUHFKDUJHGIURPWKH
transmitter.
And "BATT TYPE" in a PARAMETER is
changed into "HT5F1800B : 5.0V FT2F2100B :
5.8V " .
Battery cover
:$51,1*
%HFDUHIXOQRWWRGURSWKHEDWWHU\
1HYHUGLVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
I U R P W K H 7 - W U D Q V P L W W H U D I W H U
WXUQLQJRIIWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHVFUHHQLV NOTE: If you need to remove or replace the
FRPSOHWHO\EODQNDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUKDV transmitter battery, do not pull strongly on the
VKXWGRZQFRPSOHWHO\ battery wires to remove it. Insert the connector
,QWHUQDOGHYLFHVVXFKDVPHPRULHVPD\EHGDPDJHG straight as shown.
,IWKHUHLVDQ\SUREOHPWKHPHVVDJH%DFNXS(UURU
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\RWKHUFKDUJHUVH[FHSW
WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU WR WKLV FKDUJLQJ
FRQQHFWRU
7KH YROWDJH GURS FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI D
UHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\DQGGU\FHOOEDWWHU\
DUHGLIIHUHQW&KDQJHWKHEDWWHU\DODUP
YROWDJHWR9IRUWKH+7)BDQG NOTE: This plug is for charging HT5F1800B.
WR9IRUWKH)7)% The other battery cannot be charged.
FT2F2100B is removed from a transmitter, and
charges with an exclusive charger(LBC-4E5).
17
SWITCH ASSIGNMENT TABLE
• The factory default functions activated by the switches and VR for an 10JA Mode 2 for USA
transmitter are shown below.
• Most 10J functions may be reassigned to non-default positions quickly and easily.
• Basic control assignments of channels 5-10 are quickly adjustable in AUX-CH.
• Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.
-+-$ DQG -$ 0RGH IRU 86$ WUDQVPLWWHU IXQFWLRQV DUH VLPLODU EXW UHYHUVH FHUWDLQ
switch commands. Always check that you have the desired switch assignment for each function
during set up.
ŔœŭŤŃŏŃŔœŭūŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃŵŬŪūŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ
Switch ／ VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glider AF2 Glider AF4
Switch A Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
／ CH9 ／ CH9 ／ CH9 ／ CH9
Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP Governor ／ 7CH 6CH
Before use
(Center/Down) Idle down

(Down) Air brake
Switch D Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R
Switch E Idle up1,2 5CH
Switch F Idle up3 ／ Gyro ／ 5CH
Switch G Gear ／ 5CH Throttle hold 6CH 6CH 6CH
Switch H Snap roll ／ Trainer Throttle cut ／ Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer
VR Flap ／ 6CH Hovering pitch ／ CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH
DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH)
DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH)
ŔœŭŤŃŰƒƇƈŃŕŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕƖŃƉƒƕŃŸŶŤŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃůŨũŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ
Switch ／ VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glider AF2 Glider AF4
Switch A Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R ／ CH9 Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R Elevator D/R
／ CH9 ／ CH9 ／ CH9 ／ CH9
Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R
Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP Governor ／ 7CH 6CH
(Center/Down) Idle down
(Down) Air brake
Switch D Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R ／ CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R
Switch E Gear ／ 5CH Throttle hold 5CH
Switch F Snap roll ／ Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer
Switch G Idle up1,2 6CH 6CH 6CH
Switch H Throttle cut ／ Idle up3
／ Gyro ／ 5CH
VR Flap ／ 6CH Hovering pitch ／ CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH
DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH)
DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH)
2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA

0RGH -+ WKRVH VZLWFKHV DUH RQ WKH ULJKW VLGH )RU FRQVLVWHQF\ WKH VZLWFK SRVLWLRQ¶V GHVLJQDWLRQ UHPDLQV WKH
VDPHXSSHUOHIWLV)HWFEXWWKHIXQFWLRQVDUHPRYHGWRPDWFKWKHVZLWFKW\SH
TO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEM

First make sure the throttle stick is in the low throttle position.
Push up to turn on.
,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVQRWLQWKHORZSRVLWLRQ
you'll have an alarm until the stick is in the low position.
18
*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS
RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS function or use a second R3008SB and link
$LUFUDIW both to your transmitter.
5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG $LUFUDIWACRO)
&KDQQHO
1 Ailerons/Aileron-11/combined Flap-2 & Aileron-12/combined Aileron-1 &
Elevator-25
2 Elevator/combined Aileron-2 & Elevator-15
3 Throttle
4 Rudder
5 Landing gear/Aileron-2/combined Flap-1 and Aileron-2
6 )ODSVFRPELQHG)ODSDQG$LOHURQ2
7 Aileron-21
Before use
8 Elevator-24/Mixture control
9 AUX
10 AUX
1
Aileron Differential mode (AILE-DIFF :LQJ7\SH
2
Flaperon mode.
3
8VLQJ6HFRQG$LOHURQRSWLRQVHFRQG$LOHURQVHUYRRXWSXWLVVHQW )/$3(521
to channels 5 and 6. ( AILE-2
AILEVATORGXDOHOHYDWRUPRGH
4
ELEVON mode.
5
AIL1
FLP2 AIL2
7DLO7\SH (CH1) FLP1
(CH6)
1250$/ 97$,/ $,/9$725 (/(921

)/$3 AIL
(CH1)
ELE1
RUD2 ELE2 ELE1 AIL1 AIL1
ELE (CH2) RUD1 AIL3 ELE2 AIL2
AIL4 ELE2 (CH1) FLP AIL2
(CH2) (CH4) (CH2) ELE1 (CH7)
(CH8) (CH1) (CH6)
(CH2)
0XOWLFRSWHU
5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG 0XOWLFRSWHUMULTI COPT)
&KDQQHO
1 $LOHURQ0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
2 (OHYDWRU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
3 7KURWWOH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
4 5XGGHU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
5 0RGH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
6 AUX :KHQ XVLQJ D *<52 6(16 IXQFWLRQ &+ LV XVHG IRU 0RGH
0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU
7 AUX
8 AUX
9 AUX
10 AUX
*Use the controller of multicopter corresponding to Futaba.
19
both to your transmitter.
5HFHLYHU
2XWSXWDQG +HOLFRSWHUHELI)
&KDQQHO
1 $LOHURQF\FOLFUROO
2 (OHYDWRUF\FOLFSLWFK
3 Throttle
4 Rudder
5 Gyro
6 3LWFKFROOHFWLYHSLWFK
7 AUX/Governor
Before use
8 AUX/ELE2/Mixture control
9 AUX
10 AUX
6ZDVK7\SH
(Normal linkage type)

H-1: each servo linked
to the swashplate
independently.
$,/‫؟‬$LOHURQ6HUYR
(/(‫(؟‬OHYDWRU6HUYR
3,7‫؟‬3LWFK6HUYR
20
both to your transmitter.
*OLGHU
$,/$ $,/$ $)$) $)$) $)$)
CH 2 Aileron 2 Aileron 2 Aileron
1 Aileron 2 Aileron 1 Flap 2 Flap 4 Flap
1 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron
2 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator
3 Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor
4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder
5 AUX AUX Flap Flap Flap
Before use
6 AUX AUX AUX Flap2 Flap2
7 AUX Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2
8 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap3
9 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap4
10 AUX − (&DPEHU − (&DPEHU − (&DPEHU − (&DPEHU
（Wing type）
$,/$‫ك‬ $,/$‫ك‬ $,/)/3$)‫ك‬
Aileron1 Aileron1
(CH1) (CH1)
Aileron2 Aileron2
(CH7) (CH7)
Aileron１servo Flap
(CH1) (CH5)
$,/)/3$)‫ك‬ $,/)/3$)‫ك‬
Aileron1 Aileron1
(CH1) Flap1 (CH1)
Flap3
(CH5) Flap2 Flap1 (CH8) Flap4
(CH6) Aileron2 (CH5)
(CH9) Aileron2
(CH7)
Flap2 (CH7)
(CH6)
（Tail type）
‫ق‬1RUPDO‫ك‬ ‫ۋق‬WDLO‫ك‬
Elevator1
Rudder2 Elevator2
Elevator (CH2) Rudder1
(CH2) (CH4)
21
CHARGING THE BATTERIES (When the rechargeable battery option is used)
&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV
1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectors
of the charger.
2. Plug the charger into a wall socket.
3. Check that the charger LED lights.
According to the description of the battery to be used
DQG LWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVH LW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ
Charger
out full charge.
:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKH
FKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that the
use of a fast charger may damage the batteries by
TX: Transmitter charging indicator overheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime.
RX: Receiver charging indicator
: K H Q + 7)% L V F K R V H Q + % & $ L V
Before use
To transmitter charging jack recommended.

:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)% SOHDVH PDNH VXUH WR
Receiver battery remove the battery from the system to charge it.
Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC-
4E5.
%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV
Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to when
charging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general
JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\
DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH
LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFNVDQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG
• Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.
• Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent
inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.
• 'R QRW WR DOORZ EDWWHULHV WR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFW WKH EDWWHU\ IURP WKH FKDUJHU
immediately and allow to cool.
• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ¿JXUDWLRQHWF
• Do not deep cycle NiMH batteries as permanent damage could result.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW
• ,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW
• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH³PHPRU\HIIHFWÓLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH
1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOVUHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU
• NiMH cells have a self-discharge rate of approximately 20-25% (compared to 15% for NiCd
EDWWHULHV,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH
• Never connect the battery in reverse. Reverse connection will cause the battery to overheat or
will damage the inside of the charger.
• Do not add an additional charge after charging.
• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\O&RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\
• ,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH
• Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.
• Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.
• ,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa&)UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\
cause abnormal charging and overheat.
22
ADJUSTING THE LENGTH OF THE CONTROL STICKS
You may change the length of the control sticks to make
your transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To
Stick tip A Locking piece B
OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU¶V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN
the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick
WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[W PRYH WKH ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
XSRUGRZQWROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ:KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOV
FRPIRUWDEOH ORFN WKH SRVLWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ ORFNLQJ SLHFH %
counterclockwise.
STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT

<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW
\RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYH WR UHPRYH WKH UHDU FDVH RI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\
Before use
FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDU
FRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRIIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHU1RZ
\RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH
8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ
tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are
VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\
LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU
Four screws are

removed and rear Elevator Rudder
case is removed.
Aileron
Stick Stick
Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.
+ screw is clockwise. + screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen
the screw past
the top of the
frame, as this
will cause the
screw to rub on
the back case.
Stick tension maximum Stick tension minimum ※A screw touches a case.
23
ADJUSTING DISPLAY CONTRAST
7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON.
Push the ＋− KEY while still holding the END BUTTON:
＋ KEY to brighten
− KEY to darken the display
END Key ＋ Key
1.Press and hold 2.Push the +key

Before use
Bright
END Key − Key
1.Press and hold 2.Push the −key

Dark
CONNECTOR / PLUG
7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU
:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH
optional trainer cable between the transmitters
for teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen.
Trainer function 6%86FRQQHFWRU6,)
connector
When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH
Earphone
S.BUS 6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG
FRQQHFWRU6,)
plug
(DUSKRQHSOXJ
The telemetry data can be listened to by
plugging in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See
WKHWHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ
24
TRANSMITTER DISPLAYS & BUTTONS
:KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZ DSSHDUV %HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH EH VXUH WKDW WKH PRGHO W\SH DQG QDPH
DSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWRÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHO
PHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK
(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQDSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWWXUQHGRQ
Total timer display <TIMER>
Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes) Press and hold ＋ KEY for one
Up/down timer display <ST1.ST2> second to open programming
(minutes:seconds)
menus.
Model timer display <MDL>
Shows the cumulated ON time for each model.(hours:minutes)
System timer display <SYS>
Shows the cumulated ON time.(hours:minutes)
Model type
Resetting timers: System
Before use
Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display "T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"
flashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.
Output display
Timers
Battery
Model number voltage Telemetry
and name Receiving accuracy
Throttle trim
display Elevator trim
display
−key
END
Key ＋key
Jog key
Rudder trim Aileron trim

display display
JOG KEY:
Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a
IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\OHIWRUULJKW
Press JOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu.
Press JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQG WR FRQILUP PDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DV WKH GHFLVLRQ WR VHOHFW
D GLIIHUHQW PRGHO IURP PHPRU\ FRS\ RQH PRGHO PHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHU WULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHO
SRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG
An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure.
Press JOG KEY again to accept the change.
＋ KEY:
Press and hold ＋ KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS
or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.
− KEY:
,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH
performed.
END BUTTON:
3UHVV(1'%87721WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWR
start-up screen.
25
WARNING & ERROR DISPLAYS
An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of
UHDVRQV LQFOXGLQJ ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV
ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off.
The LOW BATTERY warning is displayed when the transmitter battery voltage drops below 4.1V.
/DQG\RXUPRGHODVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWURO
GXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\
MIXING ALERT WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved or
Before use
overridden.
The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever

you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing switches
active. This warning will disappear when the offending switch
or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings will be
LVVXHGDWSRZHUXSDUHOLVWHGEHORZ7KURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQVQDSUROODLUEUDNHWKURWWOHVWLFN
DQGFRQGLWLRQPRWRU6:,IWXUQLQJDVZLWFK2))GRHVQRWVWRSWKHPL[LQJZDUQLQJ7KH
functions described previously probably use the same switch and the OFF direction setting
LVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))VWDWH,QWKLVFDVH
reset the warning display by pressing both ＋ / − KEYDWWKHVDPHWLPH1H[WFKDQJHRQH
of the switch settings of the duplicated mixings.
,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJ
BACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSVUHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\
The BACKUP ERROR ZDUQLQJ RFFXUV ZKHQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU PHPRU\ LV ORVW IRU DQ\ UHDVRQ ,I WKLV
RFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ
'R QRW À\ ZKHQ WKLV PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG: all programming
has been erased and is not available. Return your transmitter to
Futaba for service.
A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.
70
70PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<
26
LINK PROCEDURE (T10J/R3008SB)
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH
UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH
OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH
UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUV
this procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work.
/LQNSURFHGXUH
1. Place the transmitter and the receiver 8. If the receiver ID is displayed in the
close to each other within 20 inches(half transmitter and the LED changed from red
meter). blinking to a steady green light, linking is
complete. (The receiver linking wait state
ends in about 3 seconds.)
Less than 20 inches
9. Check system operation. If the transmitter
and receiver are not linked, try linking
again.
Before use
,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH
2. Turn on the transmitter. SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLI¿FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJ
3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup a link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence.
screen shown below by press the jog key . +RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU
EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXUUHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR
4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do
ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL] QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH
menu. strongly recommend you to double check whether your
0'/6(/ receiver is really under control by your transmitter.
:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQ
6(/(㌣02'(/ communications begins.
&23<㌣02'(/ :KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH
5(67㌣([HFXWH VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU+RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH
5;㌣7)+66
XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG
/,1.㌣,' ;;;;;;;;;
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model
selection.
5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link

mode.
6. A chime from the transmitter notifies the
operator that the transmitter has entered :$51,1*
the link mode.
$IWHU WKH OLQNLQJ LV GRQH SOHDVH F\FOH
“Beep beep beep”
UHFHLYHUSRZHUDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHUHFHLYHU
(Enters the link mode for 20 seconds) WREHOLQNHGLVUHDOO\XQGHUWKHFRQWURORI
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
In "Link" Mode
'RQ
WSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJSURFHGXUHZLWK
PRWRU
VPDLQZLUHFRQQHFWHGRUZLWKWKH
HQJLQHRSHUDWLQJDVLWPD\UHVXOWLQVHULRXV
LQMXU\
Receiver ON
7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.

The receiver will enter the linking state
(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after the
receiver power is turned on.
27
RECEIVER NOMENCLATURE
%HIRUHXVLQJWKHUHFHLYHUEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQ
Danger
5HFHLYHU
the following pages.
5HFHLYHU56%
Do not connect either a switch

or battery in this manner.
'DQJHU
&RQQHFWRU
'RQ
WFRQQHFWDFRQQHFWRUDVVKRZQLQD
"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1 EHIRUH¿JXUH
through 6 ,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLW
DFURVVWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ
Before use
"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power. ¿UHDQGEXUQV

%
'RQ
W FRQQHFW VHUYR IRU FRQYHQWLRQDO
&+VHUYR
V\VWHPWR6%866%86SRUW
'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ
<KDUQHVV :DUQLQJ
6%86FRQQHFWRUV
'RQ
W FRQQHFW DQ 6%86 VHUYR J\UR WR
%DWWHU\ 6%86FRQQHFWRU
/('0RQLWRU
"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR@
the receiver.
:KHQXVLQJ6%DV6%86\RXKDYHWRVHW
CH MODE of the following page to mode B or
mode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU@
:KHQXVLQJRUPRUHFKDQQHOVXVHDQ6%86
function or use a second R3008SB and link both
to your transmitter.
0RGH6ZLWFK
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
Switch is also used for the CH mode selection.
&RQQHFWRULQVHUWLRQ
Firmly insert the connector in the direction ＋
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ −
it 90 degrees.
([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU
28
([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU
Use this connector when using a voltage +RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0 The R3008SB is capable of changing its channel
a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU allocations as described in the table below.
You will need to purchase the optional External 1. Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870 transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks
You can then make a cable with an extra RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it
connector to the External voltage connector. becomes solid RED.
2. Press and hold the Mode Switch more than
5 seconds.
'DQJHU
3. Release the button when the LED blinks
RED and GREEN simultaneously.
'RQ
WWRXFKZLULQJ
4. The receiver is now in the "Operation
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock. CH Set" mode. At this moment, the LED
LQGLFDWHVFXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJ
'RQ
WVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOV a pattern that corresponds to the CH
mode.
Before use
* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV *Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation
PRGHLV¿[HG
3OHDVHGRXEOHFKHFN\RXUSRODULW\ ＋ DQG *See the below table that shows correspondence between
&+PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('
− ZKHQKRRNLQJXS\RXUFRQQHFWRUV
*Default CH mode is "Mode B".
,I＋ and −RIZLULQJDUHPLVWDNHQLWZLOOGDPDJH
ignite and explode. 5. By pressing the Mode Switch, the operation
CH is switched sequentially as "Mode C"
"Mode D" "Mode A"....
'RQ¶W FRQQHFW WR ([WUD 9ROWDJH EHIRUH
WXUQLQJRQDUHFHLYHUSRZHUVXSSO\ 6. The operation mode will be set by pressing
the Mode Switch more than 2 seconds at
the desired CH mode.
7. Release the button when the LED blinks
R3008SB CH MODE RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the
RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG
The R3008SB receiver is a very versatile
XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86 8. After confirming the operation CH mode
is changed, turn off and back on the
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be
receiver power.
FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I
*The “Operation CH Set” mode cannot be changed during
you only desire to use it as an 7 channel receiver the receiver communicates to the transmitter.
ZLWKRXW 6%86 LW FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW DQ\
setting changes.
R3008SB CH Mode table
Output
Channel
connector Mode Ａ Mode B Mode C Mode D
1 ∼ 8CH 1 ∼ 7CH 9 ∼ 10CH 9 ∼ 10CH
1 1 1 9 9
2 2 2 10 10
3 3 3 − −
4 4 4 − −
5 5 5 − −
6 6 6 − −
7/B 7 7 − −
8/SB 8 S.BUS − S.BUS
Red LED blink 1 time 2 time 3 time 4 time
Default CH mode
29
RECEIVER's ANTENNA INSTALLATION
7KH 56% KDV WZR DQWHQQDV ,Q RUGHU WR PD[LPL]H VLJQDO UHFHSWLRQ DQG SURPRWH VDIH
modeling Futaba has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF
VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.
Antenna
Coaxial cable
R3008SB Receiver
To obtain the best results of the diversity This is not a critical figure, but the most
I X Q F W L R Q S O H D V H U H I H U W R W K H I R O O R Z L Q J important thing is to keep the antennas
Before use
instructions: away from each other as much as possible.

1. The two antennas must be kept as straight Larger models can have large metal
as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In
effective range. this case the antennas should be placed
2. The two antennas should be placed at 90 at both sides of the model. Then the best
degrees to each other. 5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
attitude.
3. The antennas must be kept away from
conductive materials, such as metal,
carbon and fuel tank by at least a half
inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does
not need to follow these guidelines, but do
not bend it in a tight radius.
4. Keep the antennas away from the motor,
ESC, and other noise sources as much as
possible.
Antenna Antenna
*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.

7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG
5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
VKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ
PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH
EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU
\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH
30
MOUNTING THE SERVO SAFETY PRECAUTIONS when
you install receiver and servos
Wood screw 2.3-2.6mm nut
washer :DUQLQJ
Rubber Rubber
grommet
Brass eyelet
grommet
Brass eyelet
&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV
Servo mount
Servo mount
%H VXUH WR LQVHUW WKH FRQQHFWRU XQWLO LW
2.3-2.6mm screw VWRSVDWWKHGHHSHVWSRLQW
(Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter)
+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURP
6HUYROHDGZLUHV YLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU
To prevent the servo lead cable from being :UDS WKH UHFHLYHU ZLWK VRPHWKLQJ VRIW
EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D VXFKDVIRDPUXEEHUWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ
,I WKHUH LV D FKDQFH RI JHWWLQJ ZHW SXW
Before use
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable
points. Periodically check the cable during daily WKH UHFHLYHU LQ D ZDWHUSURRI EDJ RU
maintenance. EDOORRQWRDYRLGZDWHU
5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQD
1HYHU FXW WKH UHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD 'R
QRWELQGWKHUHFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDZLWKWKH
FDEOHVIRUVHUYRV
/RFDWH WKH UHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD DV IDU DV
SRVVLEOH IURP PHWDOV RU FDUERQ ILEHU
FRPSRQHQWVVXFKDVIUDPHVFDEOHVHWF
Margin in the lead wire. *Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will
Fasten about 5-10cm UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH
from the servo outlet so
that the lead wire is neat. and may cause a crash.
6HUYRWKURZ
$GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGV
MOUNTING THE POWER ZLOOQRWELQGRUVDJZKHQRSHUDWLQJWKH
VHUYRVWRWKHIXOOH[WHQW
SWITCH ,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRD
:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH VHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than on the gear train and/or power consumption
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn causing rapid battery drain.
the switch ON/OFF without binding.
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be 0RXQWLQJVHUYRV
FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV 8VH D YLEUDWLRQSURRI UXEEHU VXFK DV
recommended to mount the power switch on the UXEEHU JURPPHW XQGHU D VHUYR ZKHQ
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU PRXQWLQJ WKH VHUYR RQ D VHUYR PRXQW
$QGEHVXUHWKDWWKHVHUYRFDVHVGRQRW
WRXFKGLUHFWO\WRWKHPHWDOSDUWVVXFKDV
VHUYRPRXQW
,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\
vibration will travel to and possibly damage the
servo.
31
RANGE CHECK THE RADIO
$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR
DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKWEXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVW
ÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\$UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR
be certain the system has adequate operational range.
We have installed a special “Power Down Mode” in the T10J in order to perform an operational
JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO
range of the T10J.
7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFN
7R DFWLYDWH WKH ³3RZHU 'RZQ 0RGH´ SOHDVH KROG Select the "OFF" and
down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch press the Jog key.
on. A power mode screen is displayed. Press the JOG A screen opens without
KEY to select the Power Down function. When this outputting power.
Before use
mode is active the red LED on the lighting from of The receiver does not
the transmitter will provide users with an audible and operate.
visual indication that the transmitter is in the “Power
Select the "ON" and
'RZQ 0RGH´$XGLEO\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH
press the Jog key.
WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO
Power is usually
display “POWER DOWN MODE”. The words “POWER outputted from power
DOWN MODE” will blink as an additional reminder mode.
that the transmitter is in the “Power Down Mode”.
:LWKWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV
+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX
should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.
,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQ WR WKH PRGHO 3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set the
transmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle
VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHO
and the engine running at various speeds.
,I WKH VHUYRV MLWWHU RU PRYH LQDGYHUWHQWO\ WKHUH PD\ EH D SUREOHP 'R 127 À\ WKH DLUFUDIW /RRN IRU ORRVH VHUYR
connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.
1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ0RGH´LVDFWLYH
6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH
'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYRLWPRYHVWR
ULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\
$6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX
JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.
&+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.
7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ
,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH
,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH
+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125
'$1*(5
1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH³3RZHU'RZQ
0RGH´ LV DFWLYH *Control is impossible and your
model crashes.
32
S.BUS/S.BUS2 INSTALLATION
This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as
SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWK PRGHOV WKDW XVH D ODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH ZLQJV FDQ EH
quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple
ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7-
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG
S.BUS Glider usage example

Receiver: R3008SB
HUB×1 (Optional) Servo: S3173SVi×9 (Optional)
Before use
i-i Connector (Optional) i-i Connector (Optional)
* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection

of SVi servo to SVi servo.
i Connector (Optional)
* i Connector makes S.BUS

connection of SVi servo to receiver.
i-i Connector (Optional)
Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )
S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )
Switch: HSW-L
Receiver: R3008SB
Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )
HUB×3 ( Optional )
Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )
Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )
33
S.BUS WIRING EXAMPLE
Receiver
●S.BUS Servo
Since the channel number is memorized by
6%86 %DWWHU\ the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
3RUW
When the SBD-1 Decoder (sold separately) is
6%
used, ordinary servos can be used with the
6ZLWFK
*< S.BUS system.
([WHQVLRQ
FRUG 7HUPLQDOER[
Before use
●7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted
+8% +8% +8%

:DUQLQJ
3RZHUVXSSO\
3OHDVH PDNH VXUH WKDW \RX
XVHDEDWWHU\WKDWFDQGHOLYHU
H Q R X J K F D S D F L W \ I R U W K H
QXPEHU DQG NLQG RI VHUYRV
6%866HUYR X V H G $ O N D O L Q H E D W W H U L H V
FDQQRWEHXVHG
+8%
‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬
6ZLWFK
+8% +8% ●When separate power supply used

When a large number of servos are used or
when high current servos are used, the servos
%DWWHU\
can be driven by a separate power supply by
using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.
6%866HUYR
Green
+8%
+8%
Used when using a separate
Orange power supply battery.
Three connectors can be
inserted.
34
S.BUS2 SYSTEM
:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG
6%867$%/(
S.BUS Servo S.BUS2 Servo
Receiver port Telemetry sensor
S.BUS Gyro S.BUS2 Gyro
S.BUS ○ ○ ×
S.BUS2 × （※） ○ ○
（※）'RQ
WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR
S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.
Before use
6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH
FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH
\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH
&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@
6%86
3RUW
6%
6%86
3RUW
+XE
+XE +XE +XE
6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR 7HOHPHWU\

6%86VHUYR 6%86VHUYR 6HQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 6%86
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
*<52
ٔ
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH 5XGGHU6HUYR
35
S.BUS/S.BUS2 DEVICE SETTING
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T10J. Channel
setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.
%DFNRI7-
Before use
3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
1. Turn on the transmitter power.

2. Call the setup screen.
Servo: → S.BUS LINK → MODE IN
Sensor: → SENSOR → REGISTER
3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you
want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses
6%866%86 5HFHLYHUV
GHYLFH
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
%DWWHU\
6%866%86 4. Perform setting in accordance with each
6HUYR screen.
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU 5. This sets the channel and other data for each
S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be used
with the S.BUS device or receiver.
36
TELEMETRY SYSTEM
The R3008SB receiver features bi-directional communication with a T-FHSS Air Futaba
transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry
VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW
ports.
*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode.
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU56%
7KH7-ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR
:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+
●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)
Before use
7- Your aircraft's data can be checked in the
transmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the
receiver.
Signal
Info
Power battery voltage is

Info
displayed at the transmitter.
voltage
Battery voltage is
displayed at the transmitter.
Receiver
7HPSHUDWXUH Slot 1
6HQVRU
530 Slot 2
6HQVRU
6%86 6ZLWFK Info +8%
&RQQHFWRU $OWLWXGH Slot 3 ∼ 5
6HQVRU
9ROWDJH
7HUPLQDOER[ Slot 6 ∼ 7
Info
6HQVRU
Info
*36 Slot 8 ∼ 15
6HQVRU
+8%
6HQVRU Slot 16
●Slot Number Info
Servos are classified by channel, but sensors 6HQVRU Slot 17
are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot +8%

number of the T10J is preset at each sensor, Slot 31
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1 31 slots.
37
Common function
The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common to
airplane, helicopter, glider, and multi-copter model types are shown here.
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
● Then turn on the
● First set the throttle power. （Home screen）
to slow.
● W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display END ＋
returns to the home （1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
screen. 1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.
Common function
MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
㌣0'/6(/ ㌣(1'32,17
㌣0'/1$0( ㌣75,0
MENU ㌣)$,/6$)( ㌣68%75,0
1/3 ㌣5(9(56( ㌣30,;
㌣7,0(5 ㌣$8;&+$1
㌣6(592 ㌣3$5$0(7(5
0(18岜岜岜岜（Selection）
● Move the cursor
㌣7(/(0(75< ㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58' ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
㌣6(1625 ㌣97$,/ down and to the left and
MENU ㌣6%86/,1. ㌣*<526(16 right with the Jog key and
2/3 ㌣0'/75$16 ㌣(/(921 select the function.
㌣75$,1(5 ㌣$,/9$725 The cursor can be moved
㌣$,/',)) ㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/ over several pages.
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜
（Calling the setting screen）
㌣'5(;32 ㌣7+5&87
㌣)/$3(521 ㌣,'/('2:1
MENU ㌣$,5%5. ㌣61$352//
3/3 ㌣)/$3‫(ڀ‬/( ㌣7+5&859(
● Press the Jog key to open the
㌣(/(‫)ڀ‬/$3 ㌣3,7&859( setting screen.
㌣)/$375,0 ㌣7+5岜'(/$<
38
key ／ LCD
●＋ key ●− key
●Jog key
●END key
■ Function
MENU1/3 MENU2/3
MDL-SEL (P.40) TELEMETRY (P.66)
Common function
Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup
reset ／ RX ／ Link
SENSOR (P.83)
MDL-NAME (P.43) Telemetry sensor
Model name ／ User name
SBUS LINK (P.89)
FAIL SAFE (P.45) S.BUS servo set up
Fail safe
MDL-TRANS (P.92)
REVERSE (P.47) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J
Servo reverse
TRAINER (P.93)
TIMER (P.48) Trainer
Timer
SERVO (P.49)
Servo monitor ／ Servo test
END POINT (P.50)
End point
TRIM (P.51)
Trim reset ／ Trim step
SUB TRIM (P.52)
Sub trim
P.MIX1-6 (P.53)
Program mixing 1 ∼ 6
AUX-CHAN (P.56)
AUX channel
PARAMETER (P.58)
Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATL-
trim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light :
mode, time, adjustment ／ Home
display ／ Battery alarm ／ Battery
vibration ／ Buzzer tone ／ Jog
navi ／ Jog light ／ Jog time ／
Telemetry : mode, unit ／ Speech :
language, volume ／ Stick position
alarm
39
MDL-SEL Model select（select ／ copy ／ reset ／ RX type ／ link） (Common)
Function
This function is used when calling and copying (T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver type
model data stored in the transmitter. The selected and linking with the receiver are also done here.
model data can also be reset. System changes
Model select（SELECT）
The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used when
calling saved model data.
Model copy（COPY）
This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup
or build a number of models with the same data settings.
● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.
Data reset（RESET）
The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset other
than the following of a parameter.
[ The function reset in a parameter : ATL trim, TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]
Receiver selection（RX）
Common function
The R3008SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to use
an S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the
S-FHSS system.
Link（LINK）
When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of the
currently linked receiver is displayed.
Method
Calling the setting screen
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "MDL-SEL" ③ Open the setting screen by
home screen by pressing the + key from the menu with the Jog pressing the Jog key.
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
0'/6(/
Model select （Model number：1 ∼ 30）
Model copy 6(/(㌣02'(/ ● Original data : Model type

&23<㌣02'(/ Model name
Data reset 5(67㌣([HFXWH ● Copy place : Model type Model
5;㌣7)+66$LU name
RX system /,1.㌣,' ;;;;;;;;; ● System（T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)
● Link receiver ID
Link
● Select the setting
item with the Jog
key.
40
Model select
① Select the SELECT item and then ② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1 ③ Select the model by pressing the
select the model number by second. Jog key.
pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − （1 second）
or
● A confirmation "beep
● Confirmation message beep" sounds to show that
Selection range：1 ∼ 30 "sure?" blinks. selection is complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is
displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
Model copy
① Select the COPY item and the select ② P r e s s t h e Jog key f o r 1 ③ Copy the model by pressing the
the model number of the copy second. Jog key.
destination by pressing the + key
or ‒ key. （1 second）
＋ −
or ● A confirmation "beep"
● Confirmation message sounds and "COMPLETE"
Common function
"sure?" blinks. is displayed on the screen
Selection range：1 ∼ 30 to show that copying is
complete.
Date reset
① Select the REST item and then press the Jog ② Date reset by pressing the Jog key.
key for 1 second.
（1 second）
● A confirmation "beep" sounds and
"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message
is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
CAUTION
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly
check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that
they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.
41
RX type
① Select the RX item and then select ② RX type change by pressing the
T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing Jog key.
the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − ● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
or
● A confirmation "beep"
sounds is complete.
Selection range：T-FHSS Air,
S-FHSS
Link
① Select the LINK item and then press the Jog key ② Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds.
for 1 second. During this time, bring the receiver near the
transmitter and turn on the receiver power.
（1 second） When linking, the receiver ID is displayed.
● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep

Common function
● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the link beep beep" sounds and the time
mode. Use the receiver link button to link the remaining is displayed on the screen.
receiver. W h e n 20 s e c o n d s h a v e e l a p s e d , a
continuous beep sounds and the link
mode is exited.
For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking is
complete, turn the power off and on and check operation.
*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.
42
MDL-NAME Model name ／ User name (Common)
Function
A model name is inputted into each model in
T10J.
User name is inputted into T10J.
Model name setting（MDL NAME）

This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of the
home screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or other
name is entered.
● Up to 10 characters can be set.
User name setting（USR NAME）

The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba
logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set
user name is displayed on the home screen.
● Up to 10 characters can be set.
Method
Common function
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "MDL-NAME" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
0'/1$0( （Reset）
Model name
（Candidate characters）
● Characters that can be entered ;

User name Numeric/upper case alphabet/
lower case alphabet
Model name
① Move the cursor to the model ② Move the cursor to the ③ Change the character by pressing
name digit you want to change by candidate character you the Jog key.
pressing the + key or ‒ key. want to change with the
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Set the model name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method：When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or ‒ key and the
Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model name
returns to its initial setting.
43
User name
① Move the cursor to the user name ② Move the cursor to the ③ Change the character by pressing
digit you want to change by candidate character you the Jog key.
pressing the + key or ‒ key. want to change with the
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Set the user name by repeating steps ① to ③ above.
Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog
key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns
to its initial setting (Futaba logo).
Displaying the user name on the home screen

The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is
displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name is
displayed.
Common function

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "PARAMETER" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Parameter
① Select "HOME-DSP" from the ② Select "USR-NAME" by ③ End setting by pressing the
parameter 2 page with the Jog key. pressing the + key or ‒ key. END key.
＋ − END
44
FAIL SAFE Fail safe (Common)
Function
When normal radiowaves cannot be received due ŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\
to noise and interference, the NOR mode, which IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ E\ WKH IROORZLQJ PHWKRG DQG
LPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
holds the servo of each channel in its position
Reset method： T h e b a t t e r y fa i l s a fe fun c t i o n c a n b e
immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (Fail temporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest
Safe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will
to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS return to the battery fail safe state.
Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can be
set. WARNING
ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH FKDQQHO ZDV UHYHUVHG E\ VHUYR For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
UHYHUVH IXQFWLRQ WKH )6 GDWD LV DOVR UHYHUVHG
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
7KURWWOH FKDQQHO RQO\ ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\
the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
YROWDJH GURSV EHORZ WKH VHW YDOXH ZKHQ WKH IDLO
VDIH PRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
IXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRDSUHVHWSRVLWLRQ Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9 cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
ŏ2QO\WKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
FDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRII be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
Method any doubts, immediately land.
Common function
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "Fail safe" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
F/S Position )$,/6$)( 7)+66

Mode select B-F/S : ON/OFF
02'(326,%)6
$,/ ㌣125
(/( ㌣125
● Select the setting item 7+5 ㌣)6 $&7
with the Jog key. 58' ㌣125
*(5 ㌣125
Fail safe
■ Mode selection （When F/S mode was selected）
① Select the mode by ■ F/S position ■ When using the B-F/S mode
pressing the + key or ② In the mode selected state, set the F/ ① Select ACT by pressing the + key or
‒ key at the MODE S position by holding the stick of that ‒ key at the B-F/S item.
item of each channel. channel in the position you want to set
＋ −
＋ − and press the Jog key for 1 second.
or
or ● A confirmation beeping sounds to
show that the servo position was
set. （Range ／ Default）
（Range） INH, ACT ／ INH
NOR, F/S
45
Battery fail safe voltage setting
① Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGE ② Set the voltage by ③ End setting by pressing the
on page 3 of the fail safe screen pressing the + key or ‒ END key.
with the Jog key. key.
＋ − END
（Set up range）
3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V
5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V
6.8V 7.1V 7.4V
Common function
46
REVERSE Servo reverse (Common)
Function For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the

section on SWASH AFR before reversing any
Servo reversing (REVERSE): changes the
servos.
direction an individual servo responds to a
&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always
complete your servo reversing prior to any other
programming.
When using ACRO functions that control
PXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV)/$3(521RU97$,/LW
may be confusing to determine whether the servo
needs to be reversed or a setting in the function
needs to be reversed. Refer to the instructions for
CAUTION each specialized function for further details.
Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the
engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.
Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "REVERSE" ③ Open the setting screen by
Common function
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel
will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.
● The currently selected channel

5(9(56( is highlighted.
Channel select $ ( 7 5 * ) $ $ $ $
, / + 8 ( / 8 8 8 8
/ ( 5 ' 5 3 ; ; ; ;
5(9 ● Display Reverse/Normal
REV：Reverse
125 NOR：Normal
● Select the channel with the
（Channel number）
Jog key.
Servo Reverse
① Channel is Select by Jog ② NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key. ③ Reverse the servo by pressing the
key. Jog key.
● A c on f i r m ati on b e e p i ng
Selection range：1 ∼ ● The confirmation message "sure?" sounds and the direction of
10ch blinks on the screen. (Not displayed operation is reversed.
if the same as before.)
47
TIMER Timer (Common)
Function
The timer is convenient during a competition to ŏ6ZLWFKHV $ WR + WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5 RU SRZHU
VZLWFK 3:56: FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VWDUW
VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH VWRS VZLWFK 216: 7KH 212)) GLUHFWLRQ FDQ
on a full tank of fuel. DOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDV
VHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV
WXUQHGRQ
ŏ7ZRWLPHUV\VWHPVFDQEHVHW7LPHU705!DQG ŏ:KHQ WKH WLPHU \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW LV VHOHFWHG
7LPHU705! ZLWK WKH -RJ NH\ DQG WKH -RJ NH\ LV SUHVVHG IRU
ŏ7KH WLPHUV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK PRGHO 6LQFH WKH VHFRQG DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ WKH WLPHU LV UHVHW
WLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW 6ZLWFKHV$WR+FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK
KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG 566:7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW
ŏ7KH W\SH RI WLPHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHU DXGLEOH DODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH
XS 83 GRZQ '2:1 DQG GRZQ VWRS '1673 WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ
7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG DW VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP VHFRQGV EHIRUH WKH
WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQWLPHULV VHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG
FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJ LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH
WLPH LV GLVSOD\HG RQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KH GRZQ VWRS
WLPHUVWRSVWKHFRXQWDW(DFKWLPHUFDQEHVHW
XSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGV
Method
Common function

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TIMER" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
● Select the item with the ● When the throttle switch is

7,0(5 selected at switch selection,
Jog key.
hold the throttle stick in the
Time set up position you want to set the
Mode selection ON/OFF point at ON direction
ON Switch selection setting and set the ON/OFF
Switch direction position by pressing the Jog key
for 1 second. The timer is turned
Reset Switch selection
ON at points higher than this
Switch direction
position. The ON direction can
（Timer1）（Timer2） be switched by pressing the +
key or ‒ key.
Timer ＜TMR1＞＜TMR2＞
■ Mode selection ■ Timer time setting ■ Switch selection and ON direction setting
① Select timer mode ② Set the time by ③ Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
pressing the + key or the ON-SW or RS-SW item and set the ON direction by
from the "MODE"
‒ key at each TIME pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting
with the ＋ or − key. (minutes):(second) item.
item. (Switch setting range/Default)
＋ − （Range ／ Default） ON-SW: SwA ∼ H, ST-THR, PWR-SW/SwA
or RS-SW: SwA ∼ H/SwA
0 ∼ 99 m i n u t e s 59
seconds/10 minutes 00 (Switch ON direction/Default)
（Range ／ Default） second 3P SW: NULL (normally off), UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER,
UP, DOWN, DN-STP/UP CNT&DN, DOWN/NULL
2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN/NULL
48
SERVO Servo monitor ／ Servo test (Common)
Function YDULDEOH VSHHG /15 OLQHDU PRGH RU À[HG VSHHG

The servo display/servo test function displays -03 MXPS PRGH FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KLV FDQ EH
the CH1 to CH10 servo output bar graph and tests XVHGWRFKHFNWKHVHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))
servo operation. FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
ŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOH
RSHUDWLRQ FKHFN RI VXFK IXQFWLRQV DV WKH PL[LQJ CAUTION
IXQFWLRQ Using the servo test will move the servos to
ŏ:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYR their full throw. Do not use this with linkages
PRYHV WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DW WKH VHW SHULRG $ installed. Using it may damage the servo and
Method linkage.

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SERVO" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
6(592岜岜 7(67㌣ Switching to the servo test
(Servo Monitor） screen
● Switch the screen by selecting
TEST and operating the jog
key to the left and right.
● The servo operating position
of each channel is displayed
● Select the setting item on a bar graph.
with the Jog key.
Screen change
6(592岜岜 *53+㌣ ● Where "GRPH" is chosen, a
(Servo Test） 7<3(㌣/15 Jog key is pressed in right or
Servo test ON/OFF 7(67㌣2)) &<&/㌣ left.
63'㌣ Type Select
‫ٹ‬$&7‫ٸ‬,1+
Cycle Select
&+㌣ٕ Speed setting
Channel Select ‫ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٸ ٹ‬
● Operation of a servo test
Servo test
■ Type/cycle/speed setting ■ Channel selection ■ Servo test start/stop
① Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL, ② Select the channel you want to ③ Select the "TEST" item
SPD) with the Jog key and set the item test with the Jog key and select with the Jog key and
by pressing the + key or ‒ key. ACT/INH by pressing the + key start/stop the servo test
or ‒ key. by pressing the + key or ‒
＋ − key.
or ＋ −
or ＋ −
（Range ／ Default） or
TYPE：LNR, JMP ／ LNR Selection range：ACT, INH
CYCL：1 ∼ 100 ／ 10（full speed at 1） Default：INH（only CH1 is ACT） Selection range：ON, OFF
SPD：1 ∼ 100 ／ 7（full speed at 100） Default：OFF
49
END POINT End point (Common)
Function
The End Point function adjusts the left and right Servo throw
servo throws, generates differential throws, and At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40°
for channels 1 to 4 and about 55° for channels 5 to 10.
will correct improper linkage settings. However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 to 10 is
about 110%.
ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHO FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGLYLGXDOO\ DW *When channels 5 to 8 were mixed by flaperon, differential or
WKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHV ailvator, the throw becomes the same (about 40° ) as channels
1 to 4.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "END POINT" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
(1'32,17
● Select the channel with ‫ ڀ‬$,/

the Jog key. (/(
● The setting rate of each
&+$,/ 7+5 channel
‫ځ‬ ‫ڀ‬ 58'
*(5
（Left ／ Down）（Right ／ Up）

rate display rate display
＜ ChannelDisplay ＞
ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF4) MULTICOPTER
1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FLP
（Flap）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT
（PITCH）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AUX
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator）7: AL2（Aileron2）2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX
3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX 3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX 3: MOT（Motor） 8: FL3（Flap3） 3: THR （Throttle）8: AUX
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX 4: RUD（Rudder）9: FL4（Flap4） 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX
5: GER（Gear） 10: AUX 5: GYR（GYRO） 10: AUX 5: FLP（Flap） 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX
End point
① A channel is chosen by Jog key. ② Operate the stick or knob of the selected Range：
channel fully to the left (down) or right (up) 0 ∼ 140%
and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
Default：100%
● When you want to
Selection range：1 ∼ 10ch ＋ − return the set value
or to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step ① .
50
TRIM Trim reset ／ Trim step (Common)
Function
Trim Reset Trim Step
This function returns the trim of the model The amount of trim change per step can be
memory in use to the center (initial state). changed between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft
However, at this time, sub trim and trim step capacity and trim application.
amount are not reset. Set it to match the application. With ordinary
aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine.
Method ,QLWLDOYDOXH

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TRIM" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
75,0 ● The numbers in ( ) indicate
the current trim position. (The
Trim Reset
trim operating range is 120 ∼
100[DT5,DT6]）
Trim step
● Select the item with the

Jog key.
（Trim step rate）
● For example, when the step size is

Trim reset
the initial value (4), trim movement
① Select the RESET item and press the Jog key for 1 second. from center to end is 30 steps. If the
step size is made 40, the trim moves 3
（1 second） steps.
● A "beep" sounds to indicate that resetting is

complete. At this time, the trim position number
returns to 0.
Trim step
① Select the trim you want to set from the STEP item
and set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key. Range：1 ∼ 40
＋ − Default：4
or
● When you want to return the
set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
51
SUB TRIM Sub trim (Common)
Function
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo Setting precautions
neutral position, and may be used to make fine If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range
adjustments to the control surface after linkages may be exceeded at maximum control surface
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set angle and generate a dead band in which the servo
does not operate. First connect the linkage so that
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to the amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.
their center position.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SUB TRIM" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
● Select the channel with the 68%75,0

Jog key.
‫ ڀ‬$,/
&+$,/ (/(
7+5 ● SUB trim rate of each channel.
58'
*(5
SUB trim rate of the selected channel.
1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FLP
（Flap）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT
（PITCH）1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AUX
2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator）7: AL2（Aileron2）2: ELE（Elevator）7: AUX
3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX 3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX 3: MOT（Motor） 8: FL3（Flap3） 3: THR （Throttle）8: AUX
4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX 4: RUD（Rudder）9: FL4（Flap4） 4: RUD（Rudder）9: AUX
5: GER（Gear） 10: AUX 5: GYR（GYRO） 10: AUX 5: FLP（Flap） 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX
Sub trim
① A channel is chosen by Jog key. ② Select the SUB trim you want to set from Range：
channel item and set the rate by pressing -120 ∼ +120%
Default：0%
＋ −
● When you want to
or return the set value
Selection range：
to the initial value,
(page 1) 1 ∼ 5ch press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
(page 2) 6 ∼ 10ch
52
P.MIX1-6 Program mixing 1 ∼ 6 (Common)
Function
Mixing that can independently customize 6 linking (linking with another mix), trim addition,
functions can be used. Programmable mixing is offset, and switch setting functions.
used to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and
PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR PL[LQJ
between arbitrary channels, this function includes
P.MIX 1 ∼ 4 (normal type)

The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 4:
【Mixing Channel】
● Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is a
temporary combination.
● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing
rate is set, slave servo operation is offset by that amount.
● A knob (VR) or digital trim (DT5, DT6), as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.
【Trim selection】
● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.
【Mixing reference point change】
Common function
● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.
【Switch selection】
● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to
H and the throttle stick.
● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up /down can be set, and
when a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down can
be selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set.
When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.
P. MIX 5 ∼ 6（curve type）

Programmable mix 5 to 6 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.
OFS and knob/digital trim use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described
above are impossible, but switch selection is possible.
Method

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "P.MIX1-6" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
53
P.MIX Selection
（P.MIX 1-6）
■ Calling the setting screen
① Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX
number you want to use.
② Call the setting screen by pressing
the Jog key. to P.MIX1 ∼ 4
set up screen
● P.MIX1 ∼ 4（normal type）
● P.MIX5 ∼ 6（curve type） to P.MIX5 ∼ 6
set up screen
（P.MIX1 ∼ 4 set up screen）

Function activation
Mixing rate adjustment ● When INH is selected, the
function cannot be used.
When ON or OFF is selected,
Offset the function is activated. ON
and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
Master CH selection
Slave CH selection Trim ON/OFF
Switch selection
● Select the item with the Switch direction
（Master CH Current position）
Jog key.
P.MIX1 ∼ 4
Common function
■ Function activation ■ Master/slave channel selection

① Select the MIX item and select ON ② Select the MASTR channel you want
or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key. ＋ −
key. or
③ Select the Slave channel you want to
＋ − us by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
or ● A knob VR or digital trim DT5/DT6, as well as channels 1
to 10, can be specified as the master channel. In addition,
when OFS was selected as the master channel, slave servo
● When you do not want to use
operation is offset.
the function select INH.
■ Mixing rate adjustment

④ Select the RATE item and adjust the
Range：-100 ∼ +100%
mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒
＋ − Default：0%
or
key for each direction of the stick, etc. ● When you want to return the set value
selected at the master channel. to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.
（Changing the ON/OFF Switch）

■ ON/OFF Switch selection ■ Switch ON direction setting
① Select the "SW" item and then ② Select the "POSI" item and select the switch ＋ −
select the switch by pressing the + ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒ or
key or ‒ key. key.
＋ −
or ● 2P SW：NULL（always ON）,UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL（always ON） , UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
Selection range：SwA ∼ ● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point
SwH、THR and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog （1 second）
key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1
second when the position was set, it returns to
the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also
be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
54
（Changing the mixing reference point）（Including trim operation）
■ Mixing reference point setting ■ Trim ON/OFF setting
① Select the "OFFST" item and hold ① Select the "TRM" item
the master side stick or knob in
（1 second）
and select ON or OFF by
＋ −
or
the position you want to set and pressing the + key or ‒ key.
set the new reference point by
pressing the Jog key. Range：OFF、ON
Range：-100 ∼ +100% Default：OFF

（THR only 0 ∼ 100%） ● When you do not want to include trim in
mixing select OFF.
Default：0%
CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.
（P.MIX5 ∼ 6 set up screen）

Jog key.
● The set curve is displayed on a
Common function
5Point curve graph.
setting
Function activation
Master CH select
Slave CH select ● When INH is selected, the
Switch selection the function is activated. ON
Switch ON direction and OFF changes are linked
to the switch.
P.MIX5 ∼ 6
Refer to the P.MIX1 ∼ 4 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting
described below.
■ 5point curve setting

① Select the setting item (P-1 ∼ P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of ＋ −
movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key. or
Range：-100 ∼ +100%
Default：0%
CAUTION
At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.
55
AUX-CHAN AUX Channel (Common)
Function
Auxiliary channel function (AUX-CH): defines Remember that if you assign primary control of
the relationship between the transmitter controls a channel to a switch which you later use for other
and the receiver output for channels 5-10. functions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every
time you use that other function you will also be
moving the auxiliary channel.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AUX-CHAN" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
$8;&+$1
&+㌣6Z*
&+㌣95
&+㌣'7
&+㌣'7
&+㌣6Z$
&+㌣6Z'
＜ AUX Channel Default ＞

ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER MULTICOPTER
CH5 SwG（SwitchG） CH5 SwF（SwitchF） CH5 DT5（Trim5） CH5 SwE（SwitchE）
CH6 VR
（Volume） CH6 ----（PITCH） CH6 SwG（SwitchG） CH6 SwC（SwitchC）
CH7 DT5（Trim5） CH7 SwC（SwitchC） CH7 SwD(SwitchD) CH7 VR（Volume）
CH8 DT6（Trim6） CH8 VR（Volume） CH8 DT6（Trim6） CH8 DT6（Trim6）
CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA)
CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 VR（Volume） CH10 SwD(SwitchD)
AUX Channel
① A channel is chosen by Jog key. ② Select the "SW" item and then select the switch
by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ −
or
Selection range：5 ∼ 10ch
Selection range：NULL, SwA ∼ SwH,

VR, DT5, DT6
56
WARNING
The priority of AUX
Don't assign two or more functions to one channel.
Priority may be given to a higher rank function and
a low rank function may be canceled.
higher rank Priority low rank
CH5 PITCH GYRO SW-G
CH6 FLAP TRIM FLAPERON VR
CH7 AIL DIFF GYRO DT5

ACRO
CH8 AILVATOR PITCH THR → NEEDLE GYRO DT6
CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D
CH5 GYRO SW-F
CH6 PITCH
Common function
CH7 GYRO GOVERNOR SW-C
HELI
CH8 ELE2 THR → NEEDLE GYRO GOVERNOR VR
CH9 GOVERNOR SW-A
CH10 SW-D
CH5 FLAP1 GYRO DT5
CH6 FLAP2 SW-G
CH7 AILERON2 GYRO SW-D

GLIDER
CH8 FLAP3 GYRO DT6
CH9 FLAP4 SW-A
CH10 CAMBR MIX VR
CH5 GYRO SW-E
CH6 SW-C
CH7 GYRO VR
MULTICOPTER
CH8 GYRO DT6
CH9 SW-A
CH10 SW-D
57
PARAMETER Parameter function (Common)
Function
PARAMETER submenu: sets those parameters Once you have selected the correct model you
you would likely set once, and then not disturb wish to work with, the next step is setting up the
again. SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHO
Data reset（RESET）
The present model data is reset. Data Reset does NOT reset, ATL Trim, TELEMETRY mode, or STK POSI
Alarm.
Model type（TYPE） SWASH : Only helicopter WING : Only glider

MODEL TYPE: sets the type of programming used for this model.
The T10J has 30 model memories, which can each support:
● One powered aircraft (ACRO) memory type (with multiple wing and tail configurations. See twin
aileron servos, twin elevator servos, ELEVON, and V-TAIL for further information.)
● Eight helicopter swashplate types, including CCPM. See Helicopter MODEL TYPE for details.
● If you use CGY750, the swash type should choose H-1. ( Swash type is chosen by setup in CGY750. ）
● Five glider wing types. See glider WING TYPE for details.
● Multicopter type.
Before doing anything else to set up your aircraft, first you must decide which MODEL TYPE best fits
Common function
this particular aircraft. (Each model memory may be set to a different model type.) If your transmitter
is a T10JA, the default is ACRO. If it is a T10JH, the default is HELI(H1).
ATL Trim（ATL）
Adjustable travel limit (ATL): makes the channel 3 TRIM LEVER (THROTTLE TRIM) effective only at
low throttle, disabling the trim at high throttle. This prevents pushrod jamming due to idling trim
changes. This function defaults to ON. If you are not using channel 3 for throttle, you may want
trim operation the same as on all other channels. To do so, set ATL to OFF. If you need the ATL to be
effective at the top of the stick instead of the bottom, reverse the THR-REV setting. Note that this
affects all models in the radio, not just the model you are currently editing.
LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Contrast adjustment LCD screen.
● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 ∼ +10
Back light（BACK-LIT）
Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.
● ALWAYS / KEY-ON (Shines for a definite period of time after key operation.) / OFF
Light time（LIT-TIME）
Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on.
● Set up range 1 ∼ 30
Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Light volume adjustment of a back light.
● Set up range 1 ∼ 30
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Item selection displayed on a home screen
● Futaba logo (Default), USR-NAME , RX BATT, DT5/DT6, THR/PIT (Case of helicopter, the position of a
throttle and pitch.)
58
Battery alarm（BATT-ALM）
Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.
● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DRY4
● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5
● FT2F2100B (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）

Battery alarm is told with vibration.
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed.
● Set up range : OFF,1(low) ∼ 100(high)
Jog key navigation（Jog-NAVI）

Blink at the time of Jog key operation, Display of the operation direction.
Jog light（Jog-LIT）
ON/OFF of a Jog key light.
Jog light time（Jog-TIME）

Time setting in which a Jog key light shines.
● Set up range : 1 ∼ 30(s)
Telemetry mode setting（TELEMETRY MODE）

Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.
Common function
● Range：ACT / INH
Telemetry display units setting（TELEMETRY UNIT）

Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.
● Range：METER / YARD （℃ / ℉）
Speech language setting（SPEECH LANGUAGE）

Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：Japanese (JPN), English (English)
Speech volume setting（SPEECH VOLUME）

Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.
● Range：LOW / HIGH
Stick position alarm setting（STK POSI ALRM）

Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.
59
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "PARAMETER" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
3$5$0(7(5
Data reset 5(6(7㌣([HFXWH
Model type 7<3(㌣$&52%$7,& page 1
Swash type (In the case of a helicopter )
Wing type (In the case of a glider )
ATLTrim $7/㌣210'/
● Next page 2 ∼ 5
LCD contrast（CONTRAST）
Common function
Back light（BACK-LIT）
Light time（LIT-TIME） page 2
Light adjustment（LIT-ADJS）
Home display（HOME-DSP）
Battery alarm（BATT ALM）
Battery alarm vibration（BATT VIB）
Buzzer tone（BUZ-TONE）
page 3
Jog key navigation（JOG-NAVI）
Jog light（JOG-LIT）
Jog light time（JOG-TIME）
（TELEMETRY MODE）
（TELEMETRY UNIT） page 4
（SPEECH LANGUAGE）
（SPEECH VOLUME）
Stick position alarm（STK POSI ALRM） page 5
Date reset
① Call the "RESET" from the PARAMETER by Press ② Date reset by pressing the Jog key.
the Jog key for 1 second.
（1 second）
● A confirmation "beep" sounds and
"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your setting changes by pressing the
jog key. When "COMPLETE" can be seen, it is the completion of reset.
CAUTION Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions
of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset,
CH3 is reversed.
60
Model type
① Select the "TYPE" item and ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Model type change by pressing
then select the model type by the Jog key.
pressing the + key or ‒ key. （1 second）
＋ −
or
● Confirmation message ● A confirmation "beep"
"sure?" blinks. sounds is complete.
● The new model type is
displayed on the screen.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your Selection range：
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key ACROBATIC,
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.
HELICOPTER,GLIDER,MULTI
COPT
Swash type（for Heli）

① Select the "SWASH" item and ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Swash type change by pressing
then select the swash type by the Jog key.
＋ −
● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e ● A confirmation "beep"
Common function
or
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your Selection range：H-1, HR3,
setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, H4X
and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved.
Wing type（for Glider）

① Select the "WING" item and ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Swash type change by pressing
then select the swash type by the Jog key.
＋ −
● C o n f i r m a t i on messag e ● A confirmation "beep"
or
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled Selection range：1AIL, 2AIL,
after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made 2A+1F, 2A+2F, 2A+4F
when moved to another setting item by Jog key.
ATL Trim ON/OFF

① Select the "ATL" item and change the mode by
＋ − Selection range：ON, OFF
Default：OFF
or
61
LCD contrast
① Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numerical
value (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − Selection range：-10 ∼
or +10
Default：0
Back-light ／ Light-time ／ Light-adjustment

■ Back-light mode ■ Light-time ■ Light-adjustment
Select the "BACK-LIT" item and Select the "LIT-TIME" item and Select the "LIT-ADJ" item
change the mode by pressing the change numerical value (time) by and change numerical value
+ key or ‒ key. pressing the + key or ‒ key. (brightness) by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
＋ − ＋ −
or or ＋ −
or
● "ALWAYS"：always ON ● It is only a case in "KEY-ON"
"OFF"：always OFF mode here. ● It is the brightest at 30.
"KEY-ON"：It light on after
Key operation.
Common function
Selection range： Selection range：1 ∼ 30(s) Selection range：1 ∼ 30

ALWAYS, OFF, KEY-ON Default：10(s) Default：15
Default：ALWAYS ● When you want to return the set ● When you want to return the set
value to the initial value, press the value to the initial value, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously. + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
Home display
① Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the mode
＋ −
Selection range：
Futaba, USR-NAME,DT5/
● "Futaba"：Display about a Futaba logo.
DT6, RX BATT, THR/PIT(*)
"USR-NAME"：Display about a user name. Default：Futaba
"DT5/DT6"：Display about the position of DT5
and DT6 *Only Heli mode can be chosen
"RX BATT"：Display about the receiver battery about THR/PIT.
voltage
"THR/PIT"：Display about the position of pitch
and throttle.
Battery alarm voltage

① Select the "BATT ALM" item and change the
numerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
＋ − Selection range：
or 4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V
6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V
● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DRY4 *The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery
and a dry cell battery is different. When
● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5 using a rechargeable battery, always
● Futaba FT2F2100B ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2 change the voltage.
62
Battery alarm voltage vibration
① Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or
OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
or
ON, OFF
● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told with
vibration.
Buzzer tone
① Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change the
numerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒ Selection range：
key. The higher the numerical value the higher the OFF, 1 ∼ 100
tone.
＋ − ● When you want to return the

or
simultaneously.
Common function
Jog key navigation
① Select the "Jog-NAVI" item and change the mode
or
ON,OFF
When NAVI selected

flashes when the Jog key was pressed.
When a function that When a function
only operates in the that operates in
vertical direction is the vertical and
selected, the LED horizontal directions
blinks vertically. is selected, the LED
blinks vertically and
horizontally.
Jog light
① Select the "Jog-LIT" item and change the mode by
or ALWAYS, KEY-ON, OFF
● "ALWAYS"：The light is always switched on. Default：KEY-ON

"KEY-ON"：KEY operation → Light on.
"OFF"：Always off.
63
Jog light time
① Select the "Jog-TIME" item and change numerical
value (time) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
＋ −
or 1 ∼ 30
Default：10
● When you want to return the
● Jog-Lit sets the lighting time when KEY-ON
was set.
simultaneously.
Telemetry mode
① Select the "TELEMETRY-MODE" item and change
the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
＋ − ACT, INH
or
Common function
Telemetry unit
① Select the "TELEMETRY-UNIT" item and change the
mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
＋ − METER, YARD
or
Speech language
① Select the "SPEECH-LANGUAGE" item and change
the language by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
＋ −
Japanese, English
or
Speech volume
① Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change the
volume by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
Selection range：
＋ −
HIGH, LOW
or
64
Stick position alarm
An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the specified throttle stick position.
● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.
Beep sounds
When the THR stick

Select "Parameter"
is set to the
● ParameterVHWWLQJLVQRW
specified position. UHVHW +RZHYHU STK
Press the Jog key to the side and select page 5. POSI ALRM, Telemetry
mode DQG WKH ATL
trim RQ ZKLFK (MDL)
● Select the item with the （STK POSI ALRM ） Z D V G L V S O D \ H G D U H
Jog key. UHVHWWDEOH
3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜
● When INH is selected, the
67.326,$/500'/ When ON or OFF is selected,
INH ⇔ ON/OFF 02'(㌣21 the function is activated. ON
Switch selsction 6:㌣6Z$ and OFF changes are linked
Common function
Switch direction 326,㌣'2:1 to the switch.
Stick position 67,&.㌣ ●The number in parenthesis
is the current throttle stick
position.
① Stick position is chosen by Jog ② Set the throttle stick to the ③ When the Jog key is held
key. position at which you want to down the alarm sounds at that
generate the alarm. position.
3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜
67.326,$/500'/
Memorize the position at
02'(㌣21 which the beep is to sound.
6:㌣6Z$
326,㌣'2:1 THR Stick
67,&.㌣
65
TELEMETRY Telemetry (Common)
Function
This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can be
generated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housed
in the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.
● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.
● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage
does not require a sensor.)
● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.
● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.
Viewing the receiver voltage. Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is

listened to, the voltage appears. P.66
Viewing the drive battery CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary.
voltage. P.70
Using various optional Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T10J

telemetry sensors. setting is unnecessary. P.74 ∼ 82
Common function
Using several telemetry Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary.

sensors of the same type. (Slot setting is necessary.) P.84
Setting alarms from the Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.

telemetry information. P.75 ∼ 82
RX-BATT
● Viewing the receiver voltage.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.
Display

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TELEMETRY" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
7(/(0(75< ● How to display receiver voltage

Receiver voltage display 5;%$77 on a home screen.

5(&(,9(5 PARAMETER
(;792/7 HOME-DSP
"RX BATT" is chosen by ＋ key or − key.
5(&(,9(5
66
● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.
In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in the
transmitter. (Value until reset)
Display
① Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry ② Open the setting screen by
screen with the Jog key. pressing the Jog key.
Receiver voltage display

Receiver voltage MIN Receiver voltage MAX
5;%$77
9
0,10$; 99
$/$509,%/,0,7

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9

Common function
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
MIN/MAX reset
① Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT ② Date reset by pressing the
screen with the Jog key. Jog key for 1 second.
sounds when complete.
ŏ 5HFHLYHU → 7UDQVPLWWHU
7 K H U H F H S W L R Q R I W K H
VLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ
7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW
WARNING
'RQRWVWDUHDWRUVHWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJVFUHHQZKLOHÀ\LQJ
Ŷ/RVLQJVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWLVYHU\GDQJHURXV
Ŷ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKHFNWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWFDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\VFUHHQEHIRUHÀLJKWDQGKDYHWKHVFUHHQ
FKHFNHGE\VRPHRQHRWKHUWKDQWKHRSHUDWRU
67
● Setting receiver voltage alarm.
Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB
(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.
Method
5;%$77
9
0,10$; 99
DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated when $/$509,%/,0,7
the voltage drops below '1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9
the set voltage.
Common function
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
Alarm set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select ② Select the "ACT" by pressing
(ALARM) from the menu with the the + key or ‒ key.
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Vibration set
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select ② Select the "TYP1 ∼ TYP3" by "VIB" types
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog pressing the + key or ‒ key.
key. TYP 1
TYP 2
＋ or
− TYP 3
Alarm voltage set

① In the RX-BATT screen state, select ② Select the voltage by pressing
(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with the + key or ‒ key. Selection range：
the Jog key.
3.5V ∼ 8.4V
＋ or
−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
68
● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.
The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5φ
plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.
Method
5;%$77
9
0,10$; 99
$/$509,%/,0,7

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9
Selects the switch
Common function
Speech
ACT / INH 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// that turns the speech
function on and off.
Speech
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select ② Select the "ACT" by pressing
(SPEECH) from the menu with the the + key or ‒ key.
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Switch
① In the RX-BATT screen state, select ② Select the switch by pressing
(SW) from the menu with the Jog the + key or ‒ key. Selection range：
key.
NULL, SWA ∼ SWH
＋ or
−
OFF OFF
OFF
In "NULL", a speech always turns on.
ON ON
2 Position 3 Position
69
EXT-VOLT
When connected as shown in the figure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and another
power supply battery can be displayed at the T10J.
● CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input connector sold separately) is necessary.
● Soldered wiring work is necessary.
([WUD9ROWDJH
3RUW
56%
%ODFNOLQH )XVH
5HGOLQH &$59,1
ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU
LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9 7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU
RU6HUYR
3RZHU%DWWHU\RU %UDQFK
DQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\
IRUVHUYRV
Common function
● EXT-Voltage display
When connected as shown in the figure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.
Display

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TELEMETRY" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
7(/(0(75<
5;%$77

5(&(,9(5
EXT-Voltage display (;792/7

5(&(,9(5
70
● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX
In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter.
(Value until reset)

① S e l e c t "EX T- V OLT " f r o m t h e ② Open the setting screen by
telemetry screen with the Jog key. pressing the Jog key.
EXT-Voltage display
EXT-Voltage MIN EXT-Voltage MAX
(;792/7
9
0,10$; 99
$/$509,%/,0,7

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9

Common function
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
MIN/MAX reset
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Date reset by pressing the
(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the Jog key for 1 second.
Jog key.
sounds is complete.
71
● EXT-Voltage alarm set up
This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) that
vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.
Method
① Select "EXT-VOLT" from the ② Open the setting screen by
(;792/7
9
0,10$; 99
DN (down) shows than an
alarm is generated when $/$509,%/,0,7
the voltage drops below '1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9
the set voltage.
Common function
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
Alarm set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Select the "ACT" by pressing
(ALARM) from the menu with the the + key or ‒ key.
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Vibration set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Select the "TYP1 ∼ TYP3" by "VIB" types
(VIB) from the menu with the Jog pressing the + key or ‒ key. If the following types are selected, the
key. transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
TYPE 1
＋ or
− TYPE 2
TYPE 3
Alarm voltage set

① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Select the voltage by pressing
(LIMIT) from the menu with the Jog the + key or ‒ key. Selection range：
key.
0.0V ∼ 70.0V
＋ or
−
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the
+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.
72
● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.
The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mm
plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.
Method
① Select "EXT-VOLT" from the ② Open the setting screen by
(;792/7
9
0,10$; 99
$/$509,%/,0,7

'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9

Common function
Speech
ACT / INH 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// Speech ON/OFF Switch
selection
Speech
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Select the "ACT" by pressing
(SPEECH) from the menu with the the + key or ‒ key.
Jog key.
＋ −
or
Switch set
① In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select ② Select the switch by pressing
(SW) from the menu with the Jog the + key or ‒ key. Selection range：
key.
NULL, SWA ∼ SWH
＋ or
−
OFF OFF
OFF
In "NULL", a speech always turns on.
ON ON
73
Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting
Various telemetry sensors (sold separately) are connectable to the S.BUS2 port of the R3008SB through
a 3-way hub and relay terminals. The information of sensors connected at initialization can be viewed as
long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).
● Sensors that can be used with the T10J: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A, SBS-01V, SBS-01G
● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T10J: Robbe TEMP125, GPS-1675, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672, CURR-1678
*Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.
Sensor Connection
7(036HQVRU
6%67
530‫ق‬PDJQHW‫ك‬6HQVRU +8%
6%650
6%86
530‫ق‬RSWLFV‫ك‬6HQVRU &RQQHFWRU
6%652
+8%
$OWLWXGH6HQVRU
6%6$
9ROWDJH6HQVRU
6%69
Common function
+8% 5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH
PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU
*366HQVRU
6%6*
Method
Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected
sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting and
pressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.
● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.
7(/(0(75<
① Select "TELEMETRY" from the 5;%$77 7(03
menu with the Jog key.
5(&(,9(5 6%67
(;792/7 530
USP
5(&(,9(5 6%6502
7(/(0(75<
5;%$77 7(03
② The sensor item of your choice

is chosen by Jog key, and Jog 5(&(,9(5 6%67
key is pressed.
(;792/7 530
USP
5(&(,9(5 6%6502
Sensor set up
74
TEMP : Display of SBS-01T(Option), and alarm setup
*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
UNIT" of "PARAMETER".
the temperature information from an optional
temperature sensor.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SUHVV WKH -RJ
NH\ ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP
ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
7(03 ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
ŏ 83ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
٦ by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV 0,10$; ٦٦
$/$509,%/,0,7 "VIB" type
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜٦
If the following types are selected, the
transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣٦
Common function
ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ
TYPE 1
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ
W K H W H P S H U D W X U H
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
GURSV EHORZ WKH VHW TYPE 3

YDOXH
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ < R X F D Q K H D U W K H OFF OFF
WHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJK DQ
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ OFF
DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK ON ON

IXQFWLRQ 2 Position 3 Position
Alert set : Hot warning $OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXH℃ ,QLWLDOYDOXH℃
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃ $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7 83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the
initial value. initial value.
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
75
R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO(Option), and alarm setup
*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ ŏ 7 K H P D [ L P X P Z K H Q
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
EHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ530 ŏ 0 D [ L P X P dat e r e s e t b y
pressing the Jog key for 1
530 second.
ŏ83 ,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKH USP
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0$; USP "VIB" type
WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
WKHVHWYDOXH
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣ TYPE 1
ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH 7<3(㌣237),1㌣
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ TYPE 2
WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
TYPE 3
WKHVHWYDOXH
Common function
ŏ0$*0$*1(7,&RU237

237,&$/LVVHWDFFRUGLQJ ŏ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
WRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH EODGHV),1RIWKHSURSHOOHUUR
ŏ < R X F D Q K H D U W K H WRU\RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG
530 GDWD WKURXJK DQ 6%6500$*1(7,&
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW ŏ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR
6%652237,&$/
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK RI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU \RX DUH
IXQFWLRQ XVLQJLVHQWHUHG
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF OFF
OFF
ON ON
$OHUWVHW2YHUURWDWLRQV Alert set : Under rotations

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7 83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
76
ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from
the altitude information from an optional altitude DQDLU¿HOGLVGLVSOD\HG7KLVVHQVRUFDOFXODWHVWKH
sensor or GPS sensor. The altitude of the model altitude from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHU pressure will get lower as you go up in altitude,
(low) than preset altitude, you can be told by alarm. using this the sensor will estimate the altitude.
To show warning by vibration can also be chosen. Please understand that an exact advanced display
Data when a power supply is turned on shall be 0 cannot be performed if atmospheric pressure
m, and it displays the altitude which changed from changes in a weather situation.
there. Even if the altitude of an airfield is high, ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
ŏ6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
ŏ 0D[LPXP DQG PLQLPXP GDWH UHVHW
E\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
ŏ$OWLWXGH
$/7,78'(
ŏ 8 3 L Q G L F D W H V W K H P
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 0,10$; "VIB" type
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH 83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜 transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
Common function
TYPE 1
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H 5()(5(1&(㌣(;(&
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQ
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW OFF
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK ON ON
)LUVWWKHVHWRIDUHIHUHQFHLVUHTXLUHG Alert set : Low side

7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(& 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
3UHVVWKH-RJNH\VRUPRUHSUHVV ,QLWLDOYDOXHP
*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
Alert set : High side *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP initial value.
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the
initial value.
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
77
VARIO : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup
*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY

variometer information from an optional altitude
sensor or GPS sensor.
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ
be known.
ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP

VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset by
ŏ9DULRPHWHU pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
9$5,2
ŏ83LQGLFDWHVWKHDODUP PV
Z L O O V W D U W Z K H Q W K H 0,10$; "VIB" type
YDULR UHDFKHV DERYH $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
\RXUVHWYDOXH 83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜 transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
Common function
TYPE 1
ŏ ' 1 L Q G L F D W H V W K H
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
W K H Y D U L R U H D F K H V
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ OFF
HDUSKRQH RU KHDGVHW ON ON
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
Alert set : Rise side Alert set : Low side

,QLWLDOYDOXHPV ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7 83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
78
DISTANCE : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup
*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The Distance screen displays and sets altitude *Positioning time of GPS
data from an SBS-01G GPS Sensor (sold A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
separately), and allows the distance to the airborne is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
aircraft to be read by the transmitter. When the solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the
aircraft flies inside or outside the set distance an satellites signals.
alarm and vibration alerts the pilot.
● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH 3XVKLQJ
>5()(5(1&(@VHWVWKHFXUUHQWDLUFUDIWSRVLWLRQDVWKHVWDUWLQJSRLQW
ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
ŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV
ŏ 7 K L V L Q G L F D W H V 0 D [ L P X P
'LVWDQFHWKHDLUFUDIWÁHZWR
ŏ 0 D [ L P X P G D W H U H V H W E \
',67$1&( * SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key IRU
ŏ7KH 83 DQ DODUP LV
J H Q H U D W H G Z K H Q
P VHFRQG
W K H V H W Y D O X H L V 0$; P "VIB" type
H[FHHGHG $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣P transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
ŏ7KH '1 DQ DODUP LV '1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣P
Common function
TYPE 1
JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ WKH
5()(5(1&(㌣(;(&
GLVWDQFHGURSVEHORZ
63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
WKHVHWYDOXH
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

'LVWDQFH GDWD WKURXJK OFF
DQ HDUSKRQH RUKHDGVHW ON ON
E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK
6HWWLQJWKHUHIHUHQFHSRVLWLRQ Setting a "too close" alert distance.

7XUQ RQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG WKH PRGHO ZLWK 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
WKH*36VHQVRULQVWDOOHGLQLW 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
:DLW IRU WKH *36 DFFXUDF\ LQGLFDWRU WR 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
GLVSOD\WKUHHEDUV $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR 5()(5(1&( >(;(&@ DQG
SUHVV WKH -RJ NH\V RU PRUH SUHVV 7KH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP
PRGHOVFXUUHQWSRVLWLRQLVQRZVWRUHGDQGWKH 83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
GLVWDQFHLVVHWWRP *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the
*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m. initial value.
Setting a "too far" alert distance RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
,QLWLDOYDOXHP
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
initial value.
79
● 2nd page of [DISTANCE]
ŏ6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
ŏ-RJNH\SUHVVDVLGHPDGHSDJH
',67$1&( *
02'(㌣685)$&(
326,7,21
1 b岜岜
( b岜岜
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQGLVSOD\
11RUWKODWLWXGH((DVWORQJLWXGH
66RXWKODWLWXGH::HVWORQJLWXGH
ŏ $ O W L W X G H F D O F X O D W H G
Common function
D V H L W K H U V W U D L J K W O L Q H
GLVWDQFH VODQW RU VXUIDFH
GLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQ
DOVREHVHOHFWHG
N T
SLA Altitude
SURFACE
7ZRGLVWDQFHFDOFXODWLRQPHWKRGVDUHDYDLODEOH
6XUIDFHVWUDLJKWOLQHGLVWDQFHDQG6ODQWPD\
EHVHOHFWHG
6HOHFWSDJHE\-RJNH\SUHVVVLGHIURPWKH
',67$1&(VFUHHQ
6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR 02'(
SUHVVWKHNH\
80
SPEED : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup
*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
The speed screen displays and sets the speed data and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY
The speed of the aircraft during flight can be
displayed.
After flight, the maximum speed during flight *Positioning time of GPS
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS
is established. In the meantime, don't move the model
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns
is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently, solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the
with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases satellites signals.
ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ
WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH *36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH 6SHHG LV QRW
GLVSOD\HGZKHQUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\LVEDG
ŏ6HOHFW >63(('@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH ŏ&XUUHQWVSHHG
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV0D[LPXPVSHHGWKH
DLUFUDIWÁHZWR
63((' ‫ڼ‬ ŏ0D[LPXP GDWH UHVHW E\ SUHVVLQJ
ŏ7KH 83WKDW DQ DODUP NPK WKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
Common function
0$; NPK
W K H V H W Y D O X H L V "VIB" type
H[FHHGHG $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
83㌣,1+㌣2))㌣岜 transmitter will vibrate during the warning.
ŏ7KH'1WKDWDQDODUP '1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣
TYPE 1
LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
W K H V S H H G G U R S V 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

6SHHG GDWD WKURXJK DQ OFF
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ ON ON
$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK
$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGLQFUHDVHV $OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGGHFUHDVHV
,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK ,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK
83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7 83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7
7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH *This alarm is started once a model becomes more than setting
RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ speed.
*Speed alarm precaution

Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot be used as a stall alarm. For
example, an aircraft that stalls at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even through
55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition, with an aircraft that will disintegrate in
midflight at 400km/h at an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the airplane will
disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at a ground speed of 370km/h.
81
BATTERY / EXT-VOLT: Display of SBS-01V(Option), and alarm setup
*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.
,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive
,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXT-
connect of R3008SB ⇔ SBS-01V ⇔ Battery VOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P
lines is displayed here.
ŏ%DWWHU\YROWDJH
ŏ6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
-RJNH\
%$77(5< ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
9 by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
0,10$; 99
"VIB" type
$/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
'1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9
ŏ'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ TYPE 1
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18//
WKH (;792/7 GURSV TYPE 2
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH TYPE 3
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
OFF OFF
ŏ < R X F D Q K H D U W K H % D W W H U \
GDWD WKURXJK DQ HDUSKRQH RU OFF
KHDGVHW E\ $FWLYDWLQJ WKH ON
Common function
ON
6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ 2 Position 3 Position
ŏ6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG ŏ(;7YROWDJH

DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP
-RJNH\ ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
(;792/7 ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset
9 by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
0,10$; 99
"VIB" type
ŏ'1 ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ $/$509,%/,0,7 If the following types are selected, the
DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ '1㌣,1+㌣2))㌣9

TYPE 1
WKH (;792/7 GURSV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH 63((&+㌣,1+6:㌣18// TYPE 2
TYPE 3
ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH ([WUD ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
9ROWDJH GDWD WKURXJK DQ OFF OFF
HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ OFF
$FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK
ON
IXQFWLRQ ON
$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP
,QLWLDOYDOXH9
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9%$77(5<
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9(;792/7
initial value.
82
SENSOR Sensor Slot (Common)
Function
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.
with the transmitter. When only one of a certain When using 2 or more of the same kind of
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary sensor, they must be registered here.
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it
[What is a slot?]
6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slot". There are slots
from No. 1 to No. 31.
$OWLWXGHVHQVRUV*36VHQVRUV and other data sensor units may use PXOWLSOHVORWV.
Using a sensor which uses two or more slots, the required number of slots is automatically
assigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are used, the sensors themselves must allocate
unused slots and memorize that slot.
● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key ● Jog key presses side and makes it 2 pages.
press.
Common function
6(16256/27 6(16256/27
㌣6%67 6%69
㌣6%6502 ㌣6%6*
㌣6%6$ 6%6*
6%6$ 6%6*
6%6$ 6%6*
㌣6%69 6%6*
● 8 slots SBS-01G is used.

● Slot number
● 3 slots SBS-01A is ● SensorID：When multiple sensors of the same type are

used. not used, ID is unnecessary.
＜ Assignable slot ＞ *Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.
Sensor The required The number which can be used as a start slot Selling area
number of slots
TEMP(SBS-01T) 1 slot 1 ∼ 31
RPM(SBS01RM,SBS- 1 slot 1 ∼ 31
01RO)
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
Voltage(SBS-01V) 2 slot ,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 Global
Altitude(SBS-01A) 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24

,25,26,27,28,29
GPS(SBS-01G) 8 slot 8,16,24
TEMP125-F1713 1 slot 1 ∼ 31
VARIO-F1712 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20
VARIO-F1672 2 slot ,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 Europe
CURR-F1678 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24

,25,26,27,28,29
GPS-F1675 8 slot 8,16,24
83
● REGISTER（When using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.）
7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJLVWHUVDQDGGLWLRQDOVHQVRU&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\
WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
Sensor connect
Receiver battery
Hub
Sensor
Connect a sensor to add
T10J
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SENSOR" ③ Open the setting screen by
Common function
for 1 second. key.

＋
（1 second）
④ Jog key presses side

and makes it 6pages.
6(16256/27 6(16256/27
㌣6%67 ,1+%,7
㌣6%6502 Left 1-time
㌣6%6$ press ㌣5(*,67(5
6%6$ or ㌣6(166/27
6%6$ Right 10- ㌣,1,7,$/,=(
㌣6%69 time press ㌣$//&/($5
Sensor register
① "REGISTER" in SENSOR SLOT page ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Press the Jog key.
6 is chosen by Jog key.
● Confirmation message
"sure?" blinks.
sounds when complete.
● "COMU-ERROR" : When the number of slots

needed in registration is insufficient, an error is
displayed and registration cannot be performed.
84
● SENS SLOT
This procedure changes the slot number of one registered sensor.
Sensor connection
Receiver battery
Hub
Sensor
Connect a sensor to add
T10J

① "SENS SLOT" in SENSOR SLOT page ② Jog key press.
Common function
6(16256/276(77,1*
● READ is chosen and Jog
key is pressed → "sure?" 5($'
→ Jog key is pressed.
67$576/27 ‫ڀٮٮ‬岜岜岜 ● Number is chosen, Input a
6/27/(1*7+ ‫ٮٮ‬ number by the ＋ key or −
7<3( 岜岜岜岜ٕٕٕٕ key.
,' ‫ٮٮٮٮٮ‬
*Referred to
● "COMU-ERROR" when ＜ Assignable slot ＞
reading goes wrong. ● Once the sensor is read correctly, the Sensor
ID will be displayed
85
● INITIALIZE
This function returns the slot setting and alarm setting of each sensor to their initial value (shipped state).
Various sensors can be used one by one.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor cannot be initialized.

for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
④ Jog key presses side and makes

it 6 pages
6(16256/27 6(16256/27
㌣6%67 ,1+%,7
㌣6%6$ press ㌣5(*,67(5
6%6$ or ㌣6(166/27
Common function
6%6$ Right 10- ㌣,1,7,$/,=(

㌣6%69 time press ㌣$//&/($5
Initialize
① "INITIALIZE" in SENSOR SLOT page ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Press the Jog key.
"sure?" blinks.
● The initialization is done
when "COMPLETE" is
shown.
86
● ALL CLEAR
7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVDOOWKHVORWVWR,1+6HQVRUVFDQQRWEHXVHGHYHQLIFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHFHLYHU$OOWKH
alarm settings of each sensor are also cleared.
*The slot number memorized at each sensor is not initialized.

home screen by pressing the + key from the menu with the pressing the Jog key.
for 1 second. Jog key.
＋
（1 second）
④ Jog key presses side and makes

it 6 pages
6(16256/27 6(16256/27
㌣6%67 ,1+%,7
㌣6%6$ press ㌣5(*,67(5
6%6$ or ㌣6(166/27
Common function
6%6$ Right 10- ㌣,1,7,$/,=(
㌣6%69 time press ㌣$//&/($5
All clear
① "ALL CLEAR" in SENSOR SLOT page ② Press the Jog key for 1 second. ③ Press the Jog key.
"sure?" blinks.
● The clearing is done
when "COMPLETE" is
shown.
87
● Manually assigning a sensor slot number
$VORWQXPEHUFDQEHDVVLJQHGZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKHVHQVRUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU,QDPDQXDOVHWLWLV
required to store a start slot number in a sensor.

home screen by pressing the + key from the menu with the pressing the Jog key.
for 1 second. Jog key.
＋
（1 second）
④ Jog key is pressed in a side and it

searches for an empty slot. (INHIBIT).
6(16256/27 6(16256/27
㌣6%67 6%6*
㌣6%6502 6%6*
㌣6%6$ 6%6*
6%6$ ,1+,%,7
6%6$ ,1+,%,7
Common function
㌣6%69 ,1+,%,7
Assignment of slot
① When an INHIBIT slot is selected ② Select the sensor you want to ③ Press the END key.
and the Jog key is pressed, a list assign and press the Jog key.
of sensors that can be assigned to
that slot is displayed. END
*Refer to the <Assignable slots>

table.
88
SBUS LINK S.BUS servo link (Common)
Function
An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel and * With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with
various settings you input. Servo setting can be FDQQRW EH XVHG ,I D IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG WKH GLVSOD\
screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by
performed on the T10J screen by wiring the servo a servo is displayed.)
DVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH $IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH
if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be
operated and carried out.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SBUS LINK" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
6%866; 6%866;
④ Press the Jog key 12/,1.
02'(,1 for 1 second.
5($'
3/($6('2127<(7
&211(&7$6(592

（1 second）
⑤ Connect a S.BUS servo to set up.
Receiver battery
HUB CAUTION
● 'RQ
WFRQQHFWDVHUYRXQWLO
"MODE IN".
S.BUS/ Ŷ2WKHUZLVHDVHUYRZLOOYLEUDWHDQG
S.BUS2 Servo EUHDNGRZQ
T10J
S.BUS Servo setting

⑤ "READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press ⑥ READ is completed and ⑦ S.BUS servo is set up.
the Jog key for 1 second. the item in which data of ⑧ "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key
S.BUS servo and a setup is pressed for 1 second.
are possible is displayed.
* "COMU-ERROR" :
It is failure of READ. Check a
servo and connection. The writing is done when
"COMPLETE" is shown.
Next page S.BUS servo function
89
S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter
*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function.
• ID
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.
• Channel
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.
• Reverse
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.
• Servo type
When "Retractable" is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead
band expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control
signal enters, normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select
"Retractable". Also adjust the servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.
• Soft Start
Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the
first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position.
• Stop Mode
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds
the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.
• Smoother
Common function
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth
setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.
• Neutral Offset
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is
restricted on one side.
• Speed Control
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched
without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum
torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the
servos operating voltage is increased.
• Dead band
The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current
consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.
• Travel Adjust
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.
• Boost
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small
travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be
immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large,
operation will become rough.
90
• Boost ON/OFF
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)
• Damper
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the
value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,
depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even
though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a
value larger than the initial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo
response has worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the
servo will also be shortened.
• Stretcher
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target
position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.
Common function
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.
• Buzzer
When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without
taking transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo.
(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a
servo is outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)
The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25
Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may
sound by incorrect recognition.)
*Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than
needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.
91
MDL-TRANS Model transfer (Common)
Function *T10J does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.
Transmission of model data is possible with
T10J transmitters. Data transfer is performed by CAUTION
the radio. The MDL-TRANS function works with $OZD\V FKHFN VHUYR GLUHFWLRQ SULRU WR HYHU\
the current model you are using in the transmitter. IOLJKW DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO SUHFDXWLRQ WR FRQILUP
As for the receiving transmitter, any data on the SURSHUPRGHOGDWHKRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ
current model that is receiving the information will
be over-written. NOTE: MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should
be performed within a 2-meter range.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "MDL-TRANS" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
Common function
0'/75$16
MODE：
T R A N S F E R（T10J o f d a t a
Execution of transmission/ origin ）／
reception R E C E I V E（ T 1 0 J w h i c h
receives data）
Model transfer
● MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within 2-meter range.
① In each T10J, the ＋ or − key is pressed and it is ② Select "Execute" with the Jog key.
made "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".
＋ −
or ③ Hold down the Jog key [ each T10J ].
● "TRANSFER"：T10J of data origin （1 second )

）
"RECEIVE"：T10J which receives data
Selection range：TRANSFER, RECEIVE

● "COMPLETE" is displayed and the mode
transfer is finished.
● From T8J to T10J, data transfer is possible. In that case, TYPE ● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter
of T10J on the "RECEIVER" side is changed into "T8J" by ＋− returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At
key. However, data cannot be sent to T8J from T10J. this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.
92
TRAINER Trainer (Common)
Function
6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLI¿FXOW\FDQEHVHW
to match the student’s level.
The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor’s transmitter to the student’s transmitter
XVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUGVROGVHSDUDWHO\6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I
the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.
● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel. Trainer code
● The trainer switch is set to switch H.

When the trainer function is used, the snap roll function is automatically
deactivated.
Teacher
Student
CAUTION Use the trainer function under the following conditions:

● When the instructor uses a T10J transmitter, set the student s transmitter modulation to PPM (for
conventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T10J transmitter, the modulation
mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)
● Before flight always confirm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.
● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not work
loose during use.
● Always remove the high frequency module of the student s transmitter. (For module type)
● Never turn on the student s transmitter power switch.
Common function
Trainer function operation modes
● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set at the
instructor s transmitter. (Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance.)
● MIX mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by mixing the instructor and student signals.
Correction rudder is applied by the instructor. When this mode is selected, the student s rate is
reduced to prevent servo overthrow. The student s rate can also be set. (The student s settings are
returned to their initial value in advance.)
● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the student s transmitter. (The
instructor and student settings must be the same.)
● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled
by the instructor.
However, channels not provided at the student s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above
settings.
When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.
Example of use
● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible even
with a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).
● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the student s
level to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.
◆ Trainer Cords
Instructor Student Trainer Cords
10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX T12FG (FUTM4405)
18MZ,14MZ, 14SG,
10J FX-22, 12Z, 12FG,
8FG, 10J, 8J, 6J T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C
18MZ,14MZ, (FUTM4415) Trainer Cords
14SG, FX-22, 12Z,
12FG, 8FG, 10C,
10J
9C, 7C, 8J, 6J, 4EX
93
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TRAINER" ③ Open the setting screen by
for 1 second. key.
＋
（1 second）
（Trainer function）
● Select the item with the 75$,1(5
Jog key.
Function activation
● Channel setting mode display

Channel Select
$8;
$8;
Select CH mode Display Rate by student（at MIX mode）

Common function
1: AIL
（Aileron） 6: FLP（Flap） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: PIT（PITCH） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: FL2（Flap2） 1: AIL（Aileron） 6: AUX
2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AUX 2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AI2（Aileron2） 2: ELE（Elevator） 7: AUX
3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX 3: THR（Throttle） 8: AUX 3: MOT（Motor） 8: AUX 3: THR（Throttle）8: AUX
4: RUD（Rudder） 4: RUD（Rudder） 4: RUD（Rudder） 4: RUD（Rudder）
5: GER（Gear） 5: GYR（GYRO） 5: FLP（Flap） 5: MOD（Mode）
*CH9 and CH10 cannot use a trainer function.
Trainer function
■ Function activation ■ Mode setting
① Select the "OFF" by ＋ − ② The mode of the channel of hope ＋ −
pressing the + key or is chosen by pressing the + key or
or ‒ key. or ‒ key.
● When you do not want to use the Selection range：OFF,
function select INH. NOR, FNC, MIX、
Default：OFF
（When MIX mode Select）

■ Student rate setting
③ Jog key is pressed in a side
and a channel is chosen, rate
＋ −
or
setting by pressing the + key
or ‒ key.
Range：0 ∼ 100%
Default：30%
94
Airplane Function
The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when
the model type was set to airplane (ACROBATIC) is displayed here.
Power ON
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
● First set the
power. （Home screen）
throttle to slow.
● When the + key is pressed for

● When t h e E N D k e y i s
END ＋ 1 second, the menu screen is
pressed, the display returns （1 second）
displayed.
to the home screen.
MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜
㌣0'/6(/ ㌣(1'32,17
Airplane
MENU ㌣0'/1$0( ㌣75,0
1/3 ㌣)$,/6$)( ㌣68%75,0
㌣5(9(56( ㌣30,;
㌣7,0(5 ㌣$8;&+$1
㌣6(592 ㌣3$5$0(7(5
0(18岜岜岜岜（Selection）
● Move the cursor
㌣7(/(0(75< ㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58' (highlighted) up and down
㌣6(1625 ㌣97$,/
MENU and to the left and right
㌣6%86/,1. ㌣*<526(16 with the Jog key and select
2/3 ㌣0'/75$16 ㌣(/(921 the function.
㌣75$,1(5 ㌣$,/9$725 The cursor can be moved
㌣$,/',)) ㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/ over several pages.
0(18岜岜岜岜
㌣'5(;32 ㌣7+5&87
MENU ㌣)/$3(521 ㌣,'/('2:1
3/3 ㌣$,5%5. ㌣61$352//
㌣)/$3‫(ڀ‬/( ㌣7+5&859( ● Press the Jog key to open the
㌣(/(‫)ڀ‬/$3 ㌣3,7&859( setting screen.
㌣)/$375,0 ㌣7+5岜'(/$<
95
key ／ LCD
●Jog key
●END key
Refer to "Common Functions"

previously described for a
description of this function.
■ Function
MENU1/3 MENU2/3 MENU3/3

MDL-SEL (P.40) TELEMETRY (P.66) D/R, EXPO (P.104)
Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup Dual rate ／ EXPO
SENSOR (P.83) FLAPERON (P.106)
MDL-NAME (P.43) Telemetry sensor Flaperon
SBUS LINK (P.89) AIR-BRK (P.108)
FAIL SAFE (P.45) S.BUS servo set up Air brake
Fail safe
MDL-TRANS (P.92) FLAP → ELE (P.110)
REVERSE (P.47)
Airplane
Data transfer of another 10J or 8J Flap → Elevator mixing

Servo reverse
TRAINER (P.93) ELE → FLAP (P.111)
TIMER (P.48) Trainer Elevator → Flap mixing
Timer AIL-DIFF (P.97) FLAP TRIM (P.112)
SERVO (P.49) Aileron Differential Flap trim
Servo monitor ／ Servo test AIL → RUD (P.98) THR.CUT (P.113)
END POINT (P.50) Aileron → Rudder Throttle cut
End point V-TAIL (P.99) IDLE DOWN (P.115)
TRIM (P.51) V-Tail Idle down
Trim reset ／ Trim step GYRO SENS (P.100) SNAP ROLL (P.116)
SUB TRIM (P.52) Gyro mixing Snap roll
Sub trim ELEVON (P.101) THR-CURVE (P.117)
P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Elevon Throttle curve
Program mixing 1 ∼ 6 AILVATOR (P.102) PIT-CURVE (P.118)
AUX-CHAN (P.56) Ailvator PIT-curve
AUX channel THR → NEEDL (P.103) THR DELAY (P.119)
PARAMETER (P.58) Throttle → Needle Mixing Throttle delay
alarm
96
AIL-DIFF Aileron differential (ACROBATIC)
Function
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. This function is restricted
CH1
to 2 servo aileron. CH7
NOTE：Aileron Differential cannot be used simultaneously with Flaperon or Elevon. If

another function is already active, Others WING mix ON is displayed on the screen. After
setting the active function to INH , set the Aileron Differential function to ACT .
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL-DIFF" ③ Open the setting screen by
home screen by pressing the + from the menu with the pressing the Jog key.
key for 1 second. Jog key.
＋（1 second）

$,/',)) function cannot be used. To use
the function, select ACT.
Airplane
ACT/INH
（Aileron）
Aileron1（CH1）rate L：Aileron stick Left side rate
Aileron2（CH7）rate R：Aileron stick Right side rate
● Select the setting item with

the Jog key.
Aileron Differential
■ Activating the function ■ Aileron rate
① Select the "MIX" item and then ② Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and move ＋ −
select the "ACT" by pressing the aileron stick to the left and right or
the + key or ‒ key. and adjust the travel of each servo by
＋ −
or Range：-120 ∼ +120%
Default：+100%
● When you do not use a ● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key
function, set to the "INH" and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is
side. changed only the number returns to the initial value.
（Adjust the "RATE-AIL2" item in the same way as ② .）
97
AIL → RUD Aileron → Rudder mixing (ACROBATIC)
Function
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
ŏ:KHQ WKH OLQNDJH GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL → RUD" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,/ ‫ ڀ‬58' ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Activating the function
Mixing rate
Airplane
● Select the setting item

with the Jog key.
Aileron → Rudder Mixing

■ Activating the function ■ Mixing rate
① Select the "MIX" item and then select ② S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t em a n d ＋ −
the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ then adjust the mixing rate by or
key. pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：+50%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial
● When you do not use a function, set value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
to the "INH" side. However, polarity does not return.
98
V-TAIL V-Tail (ACROBATIC)
Function
Ｖ-tail
This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that
combine the elevator and rudder functions.
NOTE：V Tail cannot be used simultaneously with

Elevon or Ailevator. When another function is already
CH2 (CH4) CH4 (CH2)
activated, Other WING mix ON is displayed on the
screen. Set the V tail function to ACT after setting the
active function to INH.
CH2 Servo CH4 Servo
Elevator ELE1 ELE2
Rudder RUD2 RUD1
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "V-TAIL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
97$,/ ● When INH is selected, the

Activating the function function cannot be used. To use
Airplane
ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate
（Rate adjustment）
RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate

the Jog key.
V-TAIL
■ Activating the function ■ Rate adjustment
① Select the "MIX" item and then ② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust ＋ −
select the "ACT" by pressing the mixing rate by pressing the + key or or
the + key or ‒ key. ‒ key.
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：+50%
（only ELE2 : -50%）
● When you do not use a ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
function, set to the "INH" side. the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.
NOTE：We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.
99
GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function is dedicated mixing for switching IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
axes can be set. ŏ & + & + & + & + & + R U & + & + & +
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH VHWWLQJFKDQQHO
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR + ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "GYRO SENS" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
*<526(16 ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Gain Channel selection Sensitivity switch selection
Switch direction
（C u r r e n t s w i t c h o p e r a t i n g
direction）
Gyrotype,
Gain rate ● Switches to the
Airplane
sensitivity setting
● Select the setting item screen of each switch
with the Jog key. （Gyro type）（Gyro Gain） direction when the
Jog key is pressed.
● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting
item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.
GYRO SENS
■ Activating the function ■ Sensitivity switch selection
① Select the "MIX" item ＋ − ② Select the "SW" item and then select the
and then select the or switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
"ON" by pressing the + ＋ −
key or ‒ key. or
● When you do not use a function, set to the
"INH" side.
Range：SwA ∼ SwH、Default：SwA
■ Sensitivity setting channel selection ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting
③ Select the ＋ − ④ Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting
"CH" i tem an d or screen you want to set and then set type (gyro type)
then select and rate (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the sensitivity the +key or ‒ key.
setting channel by pressing the + key （"type"）Range：STD,GY Default：STD
or ‒ key. （"rate"）Range：0 ∼ 100%（STD）, NOR100 ∼ 0 ∼
Range：CH5、CH5/CH7、 AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）
CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
Default：CH5
100
ELEVON Elevon (ACROBATIC)
Function CH2
CH1
This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, and disk shaped
airplanes that combine the aileron and elevator functions.
Pitch
Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the CH2 servo to the
right aileron.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
CH2
CH1
NOTE：Elevon cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Ailevator
functions. You may use Flaperon or Differential when this function is active. Roll
If another function is already active, Other WING mix ON is displayed
on the screen. After setting the active function to INH , set the elevon CH1 servo CH2 servo
function to ACT . Roll AIL1 AIL2
Pitch ELE2 ELE1
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "ELEVON" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Airplane
(/(921 ● When INH is selected, the
Aileron1（CH1）rate
（Aileron rate）
R：Aileron stick Right side rate
Elevator2（CH1）rate
Elevator1（CH2）rate
（Elevator rate）
the Jog key.
ELEVON
■ Activating the function ■ Rate set
＋ − Range：-120 ∼ +120%
or Default：+100%
（only ELE1 : -100%）
● When you do not use a function, ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
set to the "INH" side. the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
101
AILVATOR Ailvator (ACROBATIC)
Function CH 6
CH 1 (CH7)
Ailevator mixes both Ailerons and Elevators together. Or the
function can be used separate from your ailerons when you have two
(OHYDWRUVHUYRV6LQFHWKHUHDUHDLUFUDIWOLNHMHW¿JKWHUVWKDWXVHWKH
elevators as ailerons, using this function can give you a sense of reality. CH 2 CH 8
（CH 8）（CH 2）
$LOHURQRSHUDWLRQFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKHOHYDWRUVHUYRVSHFL¿FDWLRQV
The servos connect to the receiver CH2 and CH8 output. CH2 servo CH8 servo
ŏ(OHYDWRUDQGDLOHURQWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ Roll AIL3 AIL4
ŏ&RQÀUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHLWLVGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJ Pitch ELE1 ELE2
RQWKHOLQNDJH
NOTE：Ailevator cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Elevon functions. When Other WING mix ON is
displayed on the screen, set the ailvator function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AILVATOR" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Airplane
● Select the setting item with $,/9$725 ● When INH is selected, the
the Jog key. function cannot be used. To use
AIL3 Rate set
AIL4 Rate set
（Rate）
ELE2 Rate set
ELE1 Rate set
AILVATOR
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：-50%
（AIL3, AIL4）,
-100%（ELE2）,+100%（ELE1）
return.
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
● When used as 2 elevator servos specifications without aileron operation, set the AIL3 and AIL4 travel to 0%.
102
THR → NEEDL Throttle → Needle mixing (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function is used when the engine is ŏ$Q DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ ZKLFK DFFHOHUDWHV WKH
equipped with a mixture control system (needle HQJLQH WR WKH RSWLPDO PL[WXUH ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV
RSHQHGFDQEHVHW
control and other mixture adjustments to the
engine). NOTE：This cannot be used if Ailevator function
is active as they cannot be used simultaneously.
The throttle control servo connects to receiver AILVATOR mix ON is displayed on the screen. Set the
CH8. THR → NEEDL function to ACT after setting the active
ŏ7KHPL[WXUHFDQEHVHWE\SRLQWFXUYHLQUHODWLRQ function to INH.
WRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR → NEEDL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Select the setting item 7+5 ‫ ڀ‬1(('/ ● When not using this function,
with the Jog key. select INH.
Airplane
5 Point curve set
（Cursor moves with a ● The set-up curve is shown
THR stick）
Acceleration rate
Throttle curve
■ Activating the function ■ 5 point curve setting
① Select the "MIX" ＋ − ② Select the setting item (P-1 ∼ P-5) and then set the
it em a n d t h e n or travel of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
select the "ON" Range：0 ∼ 100%
by pressing the
Default：P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%,
+ key or ‒ key.
P-4:75%, P-5:100%
● When you do not use a function, set
to the "INH" side.
■ Acceleration rate ● An acceleration function helps the engine compensate

③ Select the "ACC" item and adjust the acceleration for sudden, large amounts of throttle input by making
amount by pressing the + key or ‒ key. the mixture suddenly richer, then easing it back to
the proper adjustment for that throttle setting. This
Range：0 ∼ 100%, Default：0%
function requires some adjustment to best fit your
● When you want to return the set value to engine and your flying style. Adjust engine s response
the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key
until no hesitation occurs on rapid throttle input.
simultaneously.
● Superfluous operation of a needle servo becomes
NOTE： When using the acceleration function, since the
needle stroke is large, adjust your settings so there large as it approaches to 100%. Moreover, time to
is no binding of your linkage. usually return to a position becomes late.
103
D/R,EXPO Dual rate ／ EXPO (ACROBATIC)
Function
D/R
The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ
GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP
This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement
is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral
position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVLEOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK
VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
Switch selection（SW）
Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate
(exponential) switch.
ŏ'HIDXOW：$LOHURQ：6ZLWFK' ／ (OHYDWRU：6ZLWFK$ ／ 5XGGHU：6ZLWFK%
Method
Airplane
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "D/R,EXPO" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● The channel under selection is

Channel selection
underlined.
Dual rate
（Switch Direction）
EXPO
● The dual rate and exponential
settings are displayed by a
Switch selection
curve.
● Channel selection/Select ＜ Channel ＞

the setting item with the （Switch No.） 1：Aileron
Jog key. 2：Elevator
（D/R and EXPO rate display）
3：Throttle
Top row；Left side ／ down
Bottom row；Right side ／ up 4：Rudder
104
D/R
① A channel is chosen by Jog ② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor Range：
key. to D/R with the Jog key, switching the 0 ∼ 140%
dual rate switch to the direction you Default：100%
want to set, moving the stick to the left
(down) or right (up) side and pressing ● When you want to
return the set value to
Range：1, 2, 4 the + key or ‒ key.
the initial value, press
＋ − the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step
● Moving to another setting item of the same

channel is possible by Jog key.
EXPO
① Select the "EXP" item and ② Adjust the rate by moving the cursor Range：
then select the channel with to EXP with the Jog key, switching the -100 ∼ +100%
the Jog key. dual rate switch to the direction you Default：0%
Range：1 ∼ 4 ＋ − the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.
Airplane
● Moving to another setting item of the
same channel is possible by Jog key.
Switch Change
① Select the "SW" item and then select ② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.
the channel with the Jog key.
＋ −
or
Range：1, 2, 4 Range：SwA ∼ SwH
105
FLAPERON Flaperon (ACROBATIC)
Function
This mixing function mixes two ailerons and also gives the
DLOHURQVDÀDSIXQFWLRQ$LOHURQDQGOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO
surfaces can be raised at the same time. If this function is used
together with air brake function, the aircraft speed can be dropped CH1 CH6
when landing and is effective in narrow places. Connect the left
aileron servo to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron servo to CH6
(FLP).
CH6 servo CH1 servo
ŏ7KH XS DQG GRZQ DQJOH RI WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DLOHURQ FRQWURO
A i l e r o n Right Aileron Left Aileron
VXUIDFHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
Operation
ŏ7KHOHIWDQGULJKWÁDSWUDYHOFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
Flap Operation Flap1 Flap2
NOTE：Only the Flaperon, AileronDifferential, or Elevon functions can

be used. They cannot be turned on simultaneously. When another
function is already activated, Other WING mix ON is displayed on the
screen. Set the Flaperon function to ACT after setting the active function
to INH.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "FLAPERON" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Airplane
)/$3(521 ● When INH is selected, the

Aileron1（CH1）rate
（Aileron rate）
R：Aileron stick Right side rate
Flap2（CH1）rate
Flap1（CH6）rate
（Flap rate）
the Jog key.
106
Flaperon
■ Activating the function ■ Aileron rate
① Select the "MIX" item and then ② Select "RATE-AIL1" and operate the ＋ −
select the "ACT" by pressing aileron stick to the left and right and or
the + key or ‒ key. adjust the travel of each servo by
＋ −
or Range：-120 ∼ +120%
Default：100%
● When you do not use a ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
function, set to the "INH" side. press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when
the polarity is changed, only the number is returned to the
initial value.
(The RATE-AIL 2 item is adjusted in the same way as ② .）
（When flap trim is used, make the settings shown below.）

● However, set the basic travel with the Flap function in advance.（Default：0%）
■ Flap rate
③ Select the "RATE-FLP2" item and adjust ＋ −
the Flap2 travel by pressing the + key or or
‒ key.
Range：-120 ∼ +120%
Default：+100%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.
（The RATE-FLP1 item is adjusted in the same way as ③ .

However, the RATE-FLP1 side initial value is -100%.）
Airplane
Flaperon ACT
When flaperon is active, the
CH1 ailerons can be controlled by the
CH6
servos connected to CH1 and CH6.
The servo travel can be adjusted
by the left and right end points.
Air brake ACT
The left and right ailerons can

be raised (brake operation) and
CH1
CH6 lowered (flap operation) at the
same time by setting SW-C to its
lowest position.
107
AIR-BRK Air brake (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function is used when the air brake is ŏ,IWKH´/,15µPRGHZDVVHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
necessary during landing and is turned on and off FRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXW
LW FDQ EH VHSDUDWHG IURP &+ RSHUDWLRQ &+
by switch C (initial setting). FRQWURO FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFN RU WR
ŏ1RUPDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQV DUH XVHG DV D EUDNH
95 NQRE +RZHYHU ZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFN ZDV
WKH\DUHUDLVHG83VLGH
VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULP DQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH
ŏ:KHQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH LV ´2)67µ RIIVHW WKH
IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG
DLU EUDNH LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ :KHQ
ŏ:KHQ XVHG LQ WKH ´/,15µ PRGH DGMXVW WKH WUDYHO
WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV´/,15µOLQHDUWKHDLUEUDNH
ZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN DW WKH PD[LPXP VORZ VLGH
LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\ DW VZLWFK 21 DQG IURP WKH
EUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP
FRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ

● Adjustment item for every wing type

Aileron
Display （Normal） Flaperon
Differential
AIL1(1CH) ----- Aileron1 Aileron1 CH2 CH 2
ELEV(2CH) Elevator Elevator Elevator
FLAP(6CH) Flap Aileron2 Flap
AIL2(7CH) ----- ----- Aileron2 CH 6 CH 1
Method
Airplane
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIR-BRK" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,5%5. 3CH Control set

Activating the function ● When not using this Function
select INH. The display of On/
Off is shown when active and
assigned to a switch.
Rate set
Switch selection
Switch direction
Delay Rate set
Mode
● When the LINR operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed
with the Jog key. at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.
108
Air brake
① Select the "MIX" item and then select ② Select the "rate" item and ＋ −
the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + adjust the servo travel by or
key or ‒ key. pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：+50%（ELEV only -10%）
to the "INH" side. However, polarity does not return.
■ Delay Rate set

③ Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator ＋ −
operation delay by pressing the + key or ‒ key. or
● The amount of delay is large at 100%.
Range：0 ∼ 100%、Default：0%
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.
（In the case of change of a switch）

■ Switch selection ■ Switch direction
① Select the "SW" ＋ − ② Select the ON direction by ＋ −
i tem an d t h e n or pressing the + key or ‒ key at or
select the switch the ON direction selection item.
by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key. Range：
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
Range：SwA ∼ SwH ● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
Airplane
Default：SwC
（In the case of change of a mode）

■ Mode ■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode
①S e l e c t t h e ＋ − only)
"MOD" item or ② Select the operation reference point setting
and select the item newly displayed at the bottom row
operation mode of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the
by pressing the + key or the ‒ key. air brake start point and set the reference point by
pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
Range：OFST, LINR
Default：OFST Range：0 ∼ 100%
（When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR"）

■ "LINR" mode 3CH control
① Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒
key.
Range：THR, SwA ∼ SwH, VR, DT5, DT6

Default：THR
109
FLAP → ELE Flap → Elevator mixing (ACROBATIC)
Function
This mixing is used to compensate for pitch
FKDQJHVHOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQDWÀDSRSHUDWLRQ
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQW LV SRVVLEOH E\ FKDQJLQJ WKH
UDWHSRODULW\
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHVKLIWHG2))6(7
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "FLAP → ELE" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
)/$3 ‫( ڀ‬/( ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Mixing rate
Airplane
Mixing offset rate （P r e s e n t f l a p o p e r a t i n g

position）

with the Jog key.
Flap → ElevatorMixing
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：0%
to the "INH" side.
（When changing the mixing reference point）

■ Mixing reference point offset setting
① Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap knob to the （1 second）
point you want to make the mixing reference point and
set the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1
second.
Range：-100 ∼ +100% Default：0%
110
ELE → FLAP Elevator → Flap mixing (ACROBATIC)
Function
This mixing is used when you want to apply mixing from elevators
WRÀDSV8VXDOO\PL[LQJLVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJ
the elevators. When used with Fun Fly and other aircraft, small loops
are possible. Flap CH6
ŏ7KHXSVLGHDQGGRZQVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
Method Elevator CH2

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "ELE → FLAP" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
(/( ‫) ڀ‬/$3 ● When not using this Function

Activating the function Off is shown when active and
Mixing rate
（Elevator down side rate）
（Elevator up side rate）
Airplane
Switch selection ● This cursor position
Switch direction operates and chooses an
elevator stick.
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
with the Jog key. ○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
Elevator → FlapMixing
■ Activating the function ■ Switch selection
① Select the "MIX" item ＋ − ② Select the "SW" item ＋ −
and then select the ON or and then select the or
or OFF by pressing the switch by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key. + key or ‒ key.
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：SwA ∼ SwH、Default：SwC
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction ■ Mixing rate

③ Select the "POSI ＋ − ④ S e l e c t t h e " R AT E " i t e m a n d ＋ −
" by pressing the then adjust the mixing rate by or
or
+ key or ‒ key at pressing the + key or ‒ key.
the ON direction
selection item. Range：-100 ∼ +100% Default：+50%
Range： value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN However, polarity does not return.
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses an
elevator stick.
111
FLAP TRIM Flap trim (ACROBATIC)
Function
VR neutral Flap neutral
This function trims the CH6 VR knob. Single beep sound
ŏ7KHWULPWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG
*When the flaperon function is activated ( ACT ), this VR turns Flap adjustment
function is turned on automatically. It can be turned
on and off independently.
VR turns Flap adjustment

Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "FLAP TRIM" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
)/$375,0
Activating the function ● When INH is selected, the

function cannot be used. To use
Flap trim rate
Airplane

the Jog key.
Flap Trim
■ Activating the function ■ Flap rate
select the "ACT" by pressing the flap rate by pressing the + key or ‒ or
the + key or ‒ key. key.
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：0%
● When you do not use a the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
function, set to the "INH" side.
112
THR.CUT Throttle cut (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
adjusted to the position which completely cuts the WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKH
throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated. VZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
When Thr.Cut is active, the throttle position is held VORZVLGH
regardless of the throttle stick position. ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$ ∼ +
ŏ125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRU ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR
DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR.CUT" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Airplane
● When not using this Function
7+5&87 select INH. The display of On/
Mode Off is shown when active and
Cut Position rate ● Adjusts the rate to the position
Throttle Position that completely cuts the
throttle servo or ESC.
Switch selection
Switch direction ● The THR item can be set
when the operation mode
● Select the setting item ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. is ESC . The number in
with the Jog key. ○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN parentheses is the current
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN throttle stick position.
113
Throttle Cut
■ Mode ■ Activating the function
① Select the "MODE" item and then select the ② Select the "MIX" item and then select the off
mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key. by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − ＋ −
or or
Range：NOR, ESC ● When you do not use a function, set to the

Default：NOR "INH" side.
● "NOR"：Engine plane
"ESC"：Electric motor plane

③ Select the "SW" item and then select ④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ the ON direction selection item.
key.
＋ −
＋ − or
or
Range：
Range：SwA ∼ SwH ● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
Default：SwA DOWN
■ Cut Position rate （In the case of ESC ）

Airplane
⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then select ■ Function release Throttle Position
the cht position by pressing the + key or ⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the release
‒ key (motor stop). position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is
pressed for 1 second.
＋ −
or
● It adjusts to the position where an engine

is cut.
Range：-30 ∼ 0 ∼ +30%
Default：0% ● Set to a safe low throttle position.
● When you want to return the set value
to the initial value, press the + key and ‒
Range：0 ∼ 100%
key simultaneously. Default：15%
114
IDLE DOWN Idle down (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function is linked to the air brake switch ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW
and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH
LGOHGRZQDPRXQW
used when engine idle is set high to prevent the ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR VZLWFKHV$ ∼ +7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH
lower engine idle when landing. VHOHFWHG
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "IDLE DOWN" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）

,'/('2:1 select INH. The display of On/
Activating the function Off is shown when active and
Idle down rate assigned to a switch.
Switch selection
Airplane
Switch direction
● Select the setting item ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.
with the Jog key. ○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
Idle down
and then select the on or and then select the or
or off by pressing the + switch by pressing the
key or ‒ key. + key or ‒ key.
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：SwA ∼ SwH、Default：SwC
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction ■ Idle down rate

③ Select the "POSI" by pressing the ④ Select the "RATE" item and ＋ −
+ key or ‒ key at the ON direction then ad just the idle down or
selection item. rate by pressing the + key or
‒ key.
Range： Range：0 ∼ 40%
● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, Default：0%
CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● The idle down amount is usually 10% ∼ 20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum
slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and off.
115
SNAP ROLL Snap roll (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function performs snap roll by switch (SwH).
（Direction Switch）
ŏ7KH UROO GLUHFWLRQ LV VHOHFWHG IURP DPRQJ GLUHFWLRQV 58 /8 5' /' E\
VZLWFKHV SW1 SW2
ŏ$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUHDVDIHW\PRGHFDQEHVHWVRWKDWRSHUDWLRQLVQRWSHUIRUPHG 1: R/U
HYHQLIDVZLWFKLVPLVWDNHQO\WXUQHGRQZKHQUHWUDFWLQJWKHODQGLQJJHDU 2: L/U
3: R/D
NOTE： The trainer function cannot be turned on simultaneously with this
function. If the trainer function is active, trainer ACT is displayed on the 4: L/D
screen. After setting the trainer function to INH , turn on this function.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SNAP ROLL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
61$352// （Snap roll direction）

the function, select OFF(ON).
Rate set Safe mode set
Direction Switch selection
Airplane
the Jog key.

Snap roll
■ Activating the function ■ Direction switch ■ Servo Rate set
① Select the "MIX" item and selection ③ Switch the DIRC-SW1 or DIRC-
then select the "OFF" by ② Select the "DIRC-SW1" SW2 in the direction you are
pressing the + key or ‒ key. and "DIRC-SW2" item wanting to adjust by pressing
and select each switch the + key or ‒ key at the AIL ,
＋ −
by pressing the + key or ELE , and RUD items.
or ‒ key.
Range：-120 ∼ +120%
Range： ● Set the R/U, L/U, R/D, and L/D
● When you do not use a
function, set to the "INH" NULL, SwA ∼ SwH directions.
side. Default：NULL
■ Safe mode set ● When a 3 position switch was selected at DIRC-SW1 setting, 1:R/U, 2:L/
④ Select the "SAFE-MODE" U, 3:R/D switching is possible with 1 switch. At this time, DIRC-SW2
item and then select the cannot be selected.
mode by pressing the +
Safe mode setting can set the direction of the landing gear switch.
key or ‒ key.
● When CH5- was selected, the safety device sets the landing gear switch to the
Range： rear position and the snap switch is not effective even if operated. When the
landing gear switch is in the forward position, operation is possible. When CH5+
FREE, CH5+, CH5- was selected, the safety device operates and the snap switch is ineffective even
Default：FREE if operated. When the landing gear switch is in the rear position, operation is
possible.
● When FREE was selected: The safety device does not operate regardless of the
switch direction.
116
THR-CURVE Throttle curve（Airplane） (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so that
the engine/motor speed relative to movement of the
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKW
ŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ
However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set,
the throttle EXP function cannot be used.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR-CURVE" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
7+5&859( ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Switch selection ● The set-up curve is shown
5 point curve （Present switch position）

set
Airplane
with the Jog key.
Throttle curve
and then select the or and then select the or
"ON" by pressing the + switch by pressing the
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：SwA ∼ SwH、Default：SwE
"INH" side.
■ 5 point curve set

③ By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and a ＋ −
or
rate is set up.
Range：0 ∼ 100%
Default：P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100%
117
PIT-CURVE Pitch curve（Airplane） (ACROBATIC)
Function
This function is a function for the variable pitch
propellers of an airplane. ŏ3,7FXUYH IXQFWLRQ FDQQRW EH XVHG ZKHQ DQ
$,/9$725IXQFWLRQLV$&7
7KHFXUYHRI¿YHSRLQWVFDQEHVHWXS ŏ&+RIDSLWFKFDQEHVHWWR&+RU&+
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "PIT-CURVE" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
3,7&859( ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Switch selection Channel selection
● The set-up curve is shown
5 point curve （Present switch position）
set
Airplane

with the Jog key.
PIT-curve
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：SwA ∼ SwH、Default：SwE
"INH" side.
■ 5 point curve set （When a channel is changed）

③ By Jog key, either of P-1 ＋ − ■ Channel selection
to P-5 is chosen. The + or ① Select the "CH" item and ＋ −
key or - key is pressed then select the channel or
and a rate is set up. by pressing the + key or ‒
Range：-100 ∼ key.
+100% Range：8CH、5CH
Default：P-1:-100%, P-2:-50%, P-3:0%,
Default：8CH
P-4:+50%, P-5:+100%
118
THR DELAY Throttle delay (ACROBATIC)
Function
When this function is used, the throttle servo
operating speed can be slowed down.
（Perfect for turbojet engine throttle control, etc.）
ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR DELAY" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
7+5'(/$<
Delay Rate set （Throttle delay rate）
Airplane
● It can be set to slow the servo
movement up to +100%

the Jog key.
THR DELAY
■ Activating the function ■ Delay Rate set
select the "ACT" by pressing the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key. or
Range：0 ∼ 100%
or
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
119
HELICOPTER Function
the model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.
PowerON To menu screen

by holding down
the + key
● Then turn on the power.
● First set the （Home screen）
throttle to slow.
pressed, the display
returns to the home ● When the + key is pressed for
END ＋
screen. （1 second） 1 second, the menu screen is
displayed.
MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜
㌣0'/6(/ ㌣(1'32,17
MENU ㌣0'/1$0( ㌣75,0
1/3 ㌣)$,/6$)( ㌣68%75,0
㌣5(9(56( ㌣30,;
㌣7,0(5 ㌣$8;&+$1
㌣6(592 ㌣3$5$0(7(5
Helicopter
0(18岜岜岜岜
（Selection）
㌣7(/(0(75< ㌣6:$6+$)5 ● Move the cursor
㌣6(1625 ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
MENU ㌣6:+0,;
down and to the left and
㌣6%86/,1. ㌣6:+5,1*
2/3 ㌣0'/75$16 ㌣2))6(7
right with the Jog key and
select the function.
㌣75$,1(5 ㌣'(/$<
The cursor can be moved
㌣&21',7,21 ㌣7+5&87
over several pages.
0(18岜岜岜岜
㌣*<526(16 ㌣*29(5125
MENU ㌣'5(;32 ㌣+297+5
3/3 ㌣7+5&859( ㌣+293,7
㌣3,7&859( ㌣+, ‫ ط‬/23,7
㌣5(920,; ㌣7+50,; ● Press the Jog key to open the
㌣7+5+2/' ㌣7+5‫ڀ‬1(('/ setting screen.
120
key ／ LCD
（Condition switching at each ●＋ key ●− key
setting screen）
● Press the jog button for 1 second.

When setting conditions with the
following function, each setting can
be made by switching the condition ●Jog key
by pressing the Jog key for 1 second. ●END key
Throttle curve, Pitch curve,
Pitch → Rudder, Gyro sens, HI/
LO-Pitch, OFFSET, Throttle MIX,
THR → Needle, Swash MIX

■ Function
MENU1/3 MENU2/3 MENU3/3

MDL-SEL (P.40) TELEMETRY (P.66) GYRO SENS (P.131)
Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup Gyro mixing
SENSOR (P.83) D/R, EXPO (P.132)
MDL-NAME (P.43) Telemetry sensor Dual rate ／ EXPO
SBUS LINK (P.89) THR-CURVE (P.134)
FAIL SAFE (P.45) S.BUS servo set up Throttle curve
Fail safe
MDL-TRANS (P.92) PIT-CURVE (P.136)
REVERSE (P.47) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J Pitch curve
Servo reverse
TRAINER (P.93) REVO.MIX (P.138)
TIMER (P.48) Trainer Revolution mixing (PIT to RUD)
Timer CONDITION (Idle-up・ THR HOLD (P.140)
SERVO (P.49) Throttlehold) (P.122) Throttlehold
Servo monitor ／ Servo test Condition GOVERNOR (P.141)
Helicopter
END POINT (P.50) S W A S H A F R （H-1 removes） Governor mixing
End point (P.123) HOV-THR (P.143)
TRIM (P.51) Swash AFR Hovering Throttle
Trim reset ／ Trim step SWH.MIX (P.124) HOV-PIT (P.144)
SUB TRIM (P.52) Swash MIXing Hovering Pitch
Sub trim SWH.RING (P.126) HI/LO-PIT (P.145)
P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Swash RING HI/LO-pitch trim
Program mixing 1 ∼ 6 OFFSET (P.127) THR-MIX (P.146)
AUX-CHAN (P.56) Trim offset Swash → Throttle mixing
AUX channel DELAY (P.128) THR-NEEDL (P.147)
PARAMETER (P.58) Delay Throttle → Needle mixing
Data reset ／ Model type ／ ATL- THR.CHT (P.129)
trim ／ LCD contrast ／ Back light : Throttle cut
alarm
121
CONDITION Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold) (HELICOPTER)
Function
The condition switches (idle up 1/2/3 and throttle ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z(FHQWHULGOHXS6Z(
hold switch) are not operative at initial setting. IRUZDUG LGOH XS 6Z) IRUZDUG WKURWWOH KROG
6Z*IRUZDUG
Switch setting is performed in advance with the
condition select function.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CONDITION" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）

&21',7,21 select INH. The display of On/
Idle-up assigned to a switch.
setting
Throttlehold
setting

with the Jog key. （Activating thefunction）（Switch direction ）
（Switch selection ）
Condition select
Helicopter
■ Activating the function

① Select the "INH" item of the ＋ −
condition you want to use and set or
it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".
（In the case of change of a switch）

② A cursor is moved to ＋ − ③ A cursor is moved to ＋ −
"Switch selection" and or "Switch direction" and or
a switch is changed by a switch direction is
＋ key or − key. changed by ＋ key or −
key.
Range：SwA ∼ SwH Range：
Default：SwE
（IDLE-UP1/2）
、 ● 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN
SwF
（IDLE-UP3）、SwG（THR-HOLD） ● 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN,
DOWN
122
SWASH AFR Swash AFR (HELICOPTER)
（When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.）
Function
This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) func-
tion when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, or H4X
is selected as the swash type. The ailerons, eleva-
tors, and pitch steering angle and direction can be
adjusted.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SWASH AFR" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Select the setting item ● Depending on the swash type the

6:$6+$)5 screen display is different.
with the Jog key.
● When the polarity is changed, the
direction of operation is reversed.
Rete
NOTE：If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur .
Helicopter
Swash AFR
■ Travel adjustment of each function
① Select each function item of "RATE" and ＋ −
set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ or
key.
Range：-100 ∼ +100%
Default：+50%
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not
return.
123
SWH. MIX Swash mixing (HELICOPTER)
Function
This mixing is used to correct the bad tendencies smoothly in the proper direction relative to each
of the swash plate in the aileron direction and operation.
elevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, and ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH
pitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the direction VHW
ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ FRUUHFWLRQ
that requires correction so that the servo operates DPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
Example of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies

① AIL → ELE is set to ON.
② ACTION/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.
③ When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+"
direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deflected.
Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.
However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction
relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SWH.MIX" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Select the setting item 6:+0,;

with the Jog key.
（Present condition）
Condition
Mixing master direction
Helicopter
Mixing rate （Rate）
● When not using this function,

6:+0,; select INH.
124
Swash mixing
■ Activating the function ■ Setup of rate
① Select the "MIX" item and then select the ② Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing
"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key. rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：0%
● When you are not using a function, set
this to INH.
● ON/OFF of a function, Setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed and
setting condition can be chosen.
Range：
NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3, HOLD
Helicopter
125
SWH.RING Swash ring (HELICOPTER)
SwashRing
Function
← ELE operation →
This swash mixing function limits swash travel
to prevent damage to the switch linkage due to si-
multaneous aileron and elevator operation. If is ef-
fective in 3D aerobatics with a large steering angle. 50%
100%
● Aileron and elevator stick operation is limited ← AIL operation →
to within the circle (swash mixing) in the figure
Method shown at the right. (When rate is 100%)

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "SWH.RING" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
6:+5,1* ● When not using this function,

Activating the function select INH.
Swash Ring rate

● Displays the actual aileron
and elevator combined
travel when the stick is
manipulated.
with the Jog key. ● Adjusts the operable range (swash mixing) of the
aileron and elevator sticks.
Helicopter
Swash Ring
① Select the "MIX" item and then select the ② Select the "RATE" item and ＋ −
"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key. then adjust the mixing rate or
by pressing the + key or ‒
＋ −
key.
or
Range：50 ∼ 200%
● When you do not use a function, set to
Default：100%
the "INH" side. ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
NOTE：Adjust the swash mixing rate to the largest swash

inclination at which the linkage rod does not interfere.
126
OFFSET Trim offset (HELICOPTER)
Function
If this trim offset function is used, independent GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW
trim adjustments can be made during hovering and GHFLGHWKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQWKH
J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF
in the air. This function can offset the ailerons, WKHRIIVHWUDWHLVPDGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWRPDNH
elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking FRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGH
to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends ŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ
to appear from the standpoint of helicopter EHVHWIRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV
characteristics when flying at high speed is FDQ EH VHW IRU D SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR
FRQGLWLRQV,'/ ∼ +2/'LVDOVRSRVVLEOH
possible. This function can correct this habit. ŏ:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLV
ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHU
SRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH
WLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQ
LVLQSXWLQWKHDLU:KHQWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQLV21
WR VHW WKH VZDVK SODWH VR WKDW WKH KHOLFRSWHU WLOWV
WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG
WR WKH OHIW 6LQFH WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRUV LV
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "OFFSET" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Select the setting item with 2))6(7 ● When not using this Function
the Jog key. select INH. The display of On/Off is
shown when active and assigned
Activating the function to a switch.
Switch direction,
（Present condition ）
Selection of condition
● When "Cond" is chosen,
Offset rate if Jog key is pushed for
1 second, it will change
Helicopter
Switch selection to each condition
setting screen.
Trim offset
an d t h e n s e l e ct t h e or and then select the or
"ON" or "OFF" by switch by pressing the
pressing the + key or ‒ + key or ‒ key.
key.
Range：Cond, SwA ∼ SwH
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction and condition ■ Offset rate

selection ④ Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the offset rate
③ Select the switch direction and by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
condition you want to set at the switch Range：-120 ∼ +120%
direction and ＋ − Default：0%
condition items. or ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
127
DELAY Delay (HELICOPTER)
Function
This function prevents sudden offset changes ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVUXGGHU
ZKHQWKHRIIVHWSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOH WKURWWOHDQGSLWFK
ŏ 7 K H V H W G H O D \ L V F R P P R Q W R W K H R I I V H W
hold functions are turned on and off.
SLWFKńUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQV
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "DELAY" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Select the setting item '(/$<

with the Jog key.
● Linked to the offset, revolution
mixing, and throttle hold functions
Delay rate and turned "ON".
● The delay is maximum at 100%.
Delay rate
■ Delay rate setup
Helicopter
① Select the "RATE" item and then adjust ＋ −

the delay rate by pressing the + key or ‒ or
key.
Range：0 ∼ 100%
Default：0%
128
THR.CUT Throttle cut (HELICOPTER)
Function
This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG
by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW :KHQ WKH
WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
is adjusted to the position which completely cuts WKH WKURWWOH FXW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW UHVHW HYHQ LI WKH
the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is VZLWFKLVVHWWR2))6HWWRDVDIHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
operated. At function operation, this position is VORZVLGH
held regardless of the throttle stick position. ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPDPRQJ
VZLWFKHV$ ∼ +
ŏ125(6& RSHUDWLRQ PRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RU PRWRU ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR
DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIWWKHWKURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW FDQ EH VHW VR
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR.CUT" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）

7+5&87 select INH. The display of On/
Mode Off is shown when active and
Cut Position rate ● Adjusts the rate to the position
that completely cuts the
Helicopter
Throttle Position
throttle servo or ESC.
Switch selection
Switch direction ● The "THR" item can be set
when the operation mode
● Select the setting item ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. is "ESC". The number in
with the Jog key. ○ 2P SW：NULL, UP, DOWN parentheses is the current
○ 3P SW：NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN throttle stick position.
129
Throttle Cut
■ Mode ■ Activating the function
① Select the "MODE" item and then select the ② Select the "MIX" item and then select the off
mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key. by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
＋ − ＋ −
or or
Range：NOR, ESC ● When you do not use a function, set to the

Default：NOR "INH" side.
● "NOR"：Engine plane
"ESC"：Electric motor plane

③ Select the "SW" item and then select ④ Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at
the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ the ON direction selection item.
key.
＋ −
＋ − or
or
Range：
Default：SwA DOWN
■ Cut Position rate （In the case of ESC ）

⑤ Select the "RATE" item and then select ■ Function release Throttle Position
the cht position by pressing the + key or ⑥ Select the "THR" item and then select the release
‒ key (motor stop). position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is
pressed for 1 second.
＋ −
or
Helicopter
● It adjusts to the position where an engine

is cut.
Range：-30 ∼ 0 ∼ +30%
Default：0% ● Set to a safe low throttle position.
Range：0 ∼ 100%
key simultaneously. Default：15%
130
GYRO SENS Gyro mixing (HELICOPTER)
（For helicopters Gyro mixing）
Function
This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from the ŏ:KHQWKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG$9&RU125
transmitter. The AVCS gyro (GY mode) or normal LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJYDOXH
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJ FKDQQHO FDQ EH VHOHFWHG
gyro (STD mode) can be selected. Up to 3 axes can IURP WKH 58' &+ 58'$,/&+&+ 58'
be set. (/( &+&+ RU 58'$,/(/( &+&+&+
ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ&RQG FRPELQDWLRQV
RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW
Method
＋（1 second）

*<526(16 select INH.
Gain channel selection Gain switch direction
Switch direction （Present switch position）
Gyro type, ● Swit c h e s t o t h e

Gain rate sensitivity setting
screen of each
switch direction
when the Jog key is pressed.
with the Jog key. （Gyro type）（Gyro Gain set）
● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro sensitivity
setting item to the mode and sensitivity direct reading display.
Gyro setup
Helicopter
■ Activating the function ■ Gain switch selection
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：Cond, SwA ∼ SwH
"INH" side.
■ Gain channel selection ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting

"CH" item and or screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro
then select type) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by
the sensitivity pressing the +key or ‒ key.
Range：RUD, RUD/AIL, AVC100%（GY） Default：50%（STD）, 0%（GY）
RUD/ELE, RUD/AIL/ELE ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
Default：RUD
131
D/R,EXPO Dual rate ／ EXPO (HELICOPTER)
Function
D/R
ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG
ULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\
EXP
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
ŏ6HOHFW：6ZLWFK ∼ 6ZLWFK+ ／ FRQGLWLRQ：&RQG
Method
＋（1 second）
Helicopter
Channel selection ● The channel under selection is

underlined.
Switch direction
Dual rate （present switch position ）

EXPO ● The dual rate and exponential
Switch selection curve.

the setting item with the （Switch number）（Rate） 1：Aileron
● Jog key is pushed for 1 4：Rudder
second, a condition screen
will change.
132
Dual rate
■ Channel selection ■ Switch direction ■ D/R Setup of rate
① A channel is chosen ② Select the "No" item and ③ Select each function item of "D/R" and
by Jog key. then select the switch set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒
direction or condition by key.
pressing the + key or ‒
＋ −
key.
or
Range：1, 2, 4 ＋ −
or Range：0 ∼ 140% Default：100%
key simultaneously.

EXPO
■ Channel selection ■ Switch direction ■ EXP Setup of rate
① A channel is chosen ② Select the "No" item and ③ Select the "EXP" item and then adjust
by Jog key. then select the switch the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
direction or condition by
＋ −
key. or
Range：1, 2, 4 ＋ −
Range：-100 ∼ +100%、Default：0%
or
key simultaneously.
Helicopter
Switch Change
■ Channel selection ■ Switch selection
① Select the "SW" item and then select ② A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or
the channel with the Jog key. ‒ key.
＋ −
or
Range：1, 2, 4
Range：SwA ∼ SwH, Cond
● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup is
possible for every condition.
133
THR-CURVE Throttle curve（For helicopters ） (HELICOPTER)
Function
The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/DQG
relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts LGOHXS,'/WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/
each point over the 0 ∼ 100% range so that the DQGLGOHXS,'/VZLWFKFDQEHSUHVHWDWWKH
HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKW FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
（Normal throttle curve adjustment method）

The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve is
adjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down
control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on.
（Idle up 1/2/3 throttle curve adjustment method）

The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is
reduced during flight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle
up curves 1/2/3 are by aerobatics.
CAUTIONS
［Operation precautions］When starting the engine, always set idle up
sticks 1/2/3 to OFF and start the engine at idling.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR-CURVE" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Helicopter
7+5&859( ● When not using this Function

Off is shown when active
Setting condition and assigned to a switch. A
display when normal is "---"
5point curve （alwaysON）.
rate
● The THR-CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.
with the Jog key.
（Rate）（Present condition）
134
Throttle curve
■ Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2/3)
① Select the "MIX" item and set to ＋ −
"ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + or
key or ‒ key.
● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON) Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3
● When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to
"INH".
■ 5 point curve setting Default：

② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ∼ P-5) P-5: 100%
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by P-4: 75%
P-3: 50%
＋ − Range：0 ∼ 100% P-2: 25%
or P-1: 0%
● When you want to return the set value to
simultaneously.
■ Curve copying method

① Select the "CND" item ② Press the + key or ‒ ③ Copy the condition by
and switch to the curve key and select the copy pressing the Jog key for
copy mode by pressing destination condition. 1 second.
the Jog key.
or
● Throttle curve setting examples

（The example of a setting ）（The example of a setting ）（The example of a setting ）
% % %
100 P5=100.0% 100 100
P5=100.0% P5=100.0%
P4= 65.0% P4= 75.0%
P3= 50.0% P4= 75.0%
Helicopter
P3= 50.0% P3= 65.0%
75 P2= 30.0% 75 75 P2= 65.0%
P1= 0.0% P2= 54.0%
P1= 56.0% P1= 67.0%
RATE
RATE
RATE
50 50 50
25 25 25
0 0 0
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
STICK STICK STICK
（Normal）（Idle-up1）（Idle-up2）
NOTE：Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage
specifications.
135
PIT-CURVE Pitch curve（For helicopters ） (HELICOPTER)
Function
The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5 ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/LGOH
point curve in relation to throttle stick movement XS ,'/ DQG KROG +/' SLWFK FXUYHV FDQ EH
VHW
and adjustment of each point over the -100% ∼ ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/
+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimum LGOHXS'/DQGKROG+2/'VZLWFKHVFDQEH
ÀLJKWVWDWH SUHVHWDWWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
NOTE：When the hold switch is on, the hold function has
priority even though an idle up switch is in any position.
（Normal curve adjustment method）

The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted
together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control is
easiest.
（Idle up 1/2/3 curve adjustment method）

The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low
side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2/3 curves
are used by aerobatics.
（Throttle hold curve adjustment method）

The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch to
match the stick work at pitch up.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "PIT-CURVE" ③ Open the setting screen by
Helicopter
＋（1 second）

3,7&859(
Condition assigned to a switch. When
normal,"---" (always ON) is
5point curve displayed.
rate
● The PIT-CURVE settings are
● Select the setting item displayed by a curve.
with the Jog key.
（Rate）（Present condition）
136
Pitch curve
■ Activating the pitch curves （ID1/2/3, HLD）
① Select the "MIX" item and then ＋ −
select the "ON" or "OFF" by or
● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON) Range：NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3, HLD
● When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set
to "INH".
■ 5 point curve setting Default：

② Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ∼ P-5) P-5: +100%
with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by P-4: +50%
pressing the + key or ‒ key. P-3: 0%
P-2: -50%
＋ − P-1: -100%
or Range：-100 ∼ +100%
● When you want to return the set value to
simultaneously.

① Select the "CND" item ② Press the + key or ‒ ③ Copy the condition by
and switch to the curve key and select the copy pressing the Jog key for
copy mode by pressing destination condition. 1 second.
the Jog key.
or
● Pitch curve setting examples

（The example of a setting ）（The example of a setting ）（The example of a setting ）
% % %
+100 +100 +100
+50 P5= +70% +50 P5= +40% +50 P5= +40%
Helicopter
P4= +50% P4= +10% P4= +10%
P3= +6% P3= -10% P3= -10%
RATE
RATE
RATE
0 P2= -40% 0 P2= -40% 0 P2= -50%

P1= -70% P1= -70% P1= -80%
-50 -50 -50
-100 -100 -100

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
STICK STICK STICK
（Normal）（Idle-up1）（Idle-up2）
%
（The example of a setting ） NOTE：Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to
+100
the fuselage specifications.
+50 P5= +100%
P4= +50%
P3= 0%
RATE
0 P2= -50%
P1= -100%
-50
-100
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
STICK
（Hold）
137
REVO.MIX Pitch → Rudder mixing (HELICOPTER)
Function
7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHU PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/DQGLGOHXS
the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction ,'/UDWHVFDQEHVHW
ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter ŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJ
in the direction opposite the direction of rotation GLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LV PL[HG LQ WKH
of the main rotor) generated by the main rotor ULJKW GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH SLWFK EHFRPHV SOXV )RU
pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch of D FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV
the tail rotor is also changed when the main rotor RSSRVLWH 7KH RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
pitch changes and reaction torque appears and so &:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH/2:KLJKVLGH+,*+
that the nose does not swing to the left and right.
However, when the AVCS mode is used with a GY &&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2: KLJK VLGH
6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\ +,*+
*7KH DERYH YDOXHV DUH WKH LQLWLDO YDOXHV 5HSODFH
WKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV
Adjustment procedure
First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.
（Normal pitch → rudder mixing）

● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment
Repeatedly hover from take off and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, and
adjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect when the throttle is raised and lowered.
If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking off, when hovering
stabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when
the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, the
direction of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may
also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.
● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment
Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust
pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect to the left and right when the throttle is raised and
lowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large and
if the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment
Helicopter
while taking the balance.
（idle-up1/2,3Pitch → Ruddermixing）
This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed flight.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "REVO.MIX" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
138
5(920,; ● When not using this function,
select INH.
Selection of condition
High side Setup of rate （present switch position ）
Low side Setup of rate

with the Jog key. （Rate）
Pitch → Ruddermixing
■ Activating the function ■ Selection of condition
① Select the "MIX" ＋ − ② Select the "CND" item and ＋ −
item and then or selection of condition by or
select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒
pressing the + key key.
or ‒ key.
Range：NORM, IDL1/2, IDL3
● When you do not use a function, set to
the "INH" side.
■ Setup of rate
③ Select each function item of "HI"or ＋ −
or
"LO" and set the rate by pressing the
+ key or ‒ key.
Range：-100 ∼ +100%
Default(NORM)：-20%(LOW)、+20%(HIGH)
Default(IDL1/2/3)：0%(LOW)、0%(HIGH)
● When you want to return the set value to the initial value,
press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
Helicopter
139
THR HOLD Throttle hold (HELICOPTER)
Function
The throttle hold function fixes or stops the throttle trim position.
engine throttle position by hold switch operation The switch is changed at the conditions selection
during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be screen. (Initial setting: SwG)
set within the -50% ∼ +50% range based on the
CAUTIONS
［NOTE］Priority is given to throttlehold over idle-up.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR HOLD" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
7+5+2/'
Activating the function ● When not using this Function

hold throttle position Off is shown when active and

the Jog key.
Throttle hold
Helicopter
■ Activating the function ■ Hold throttle position

select the "ON" or "OFF" by the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key. or
Range：-50 ∼ +50%
or ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press
● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to 【Hold position adjustment method】

condition THR-HOLD, and can be set ● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction and
at any screen. adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position and
turn the hold switch on and off and set to the number at which the servo
does not operate.
NOTE：When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to the
slowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.
140
GOVERNOR Governor mixing (HELICOPTER)
Function
When a governor (CGY750/GY701/GV-1, When using a separate ON/OFF switch (cut
etc.) is used, the speed can be adjusted from the switch), ON/OFF control uses CH8. In this case,
transmitter. CH7 or CH8 or CH9 can be selected as CH7 or CH9 controls speed setting.
the speed setting control channel.
Setting examples：
● Example of setting that switches the speed and ON/OFF by 3 position switch
3position
Governor speed
Switch Adjustment from transmitter
（setting example） Setup of rate
direction
R.P.M 1：OFF UP 0% 0%（Governor R.P.M "off"）
R.P.M 2：1400 CNTR 50% "50%"
R.P.M 3：1700 DOWN 100% "100%"
*For example, speed 3 sets *For the time being use the *Since speed adjustment from the transmitter
the maximum speed to be initial rate setting. is rate setting, checking the actual speed at
used and is lowered and the governor display and remembering its
adjusted at the transmitter. relationship is convenient.
● Switching the speed for each condition
The speed for each condition can be set by selecting "Cond" by switch. Since speed adjustment from the
transmitter is rate setting, for the actual speed check the governor display.
● Controlling governor ON/OFF by separate switch
When a separate switch is used to turn the governor on and off, switch setting is performed by "OFF-CNTRL"
item.
*Speed and ON/OFF switch settings are different depending on the governor. Perform these settings in
accordance with the instruction manual of the governor used.
*At throttle hold, always confirm that the governor is OFF. Conversely, when raising the speed value, reverse
the polarity of "CH8".
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "GOVERNOR" ③ Open the setting screen by
Helicopter
＋（1 second）
*29(5125 ● When "INH", the function

cannot be used. When you
want to use CH7 as the speed
Switch selection setting channel, select "CH7"
and when you want to use
CH8(9), select "CH8(9)".
Setup of rate

● The above screen shows the case when the speed is
set for each condition.
141
Governor mixing
■ A c t i v a t i n g t h e f u n c t i o n（R . P. M C H ■ Switch selection
selection） ② Select the "MODE" ＋ −
① Select the "MIX" item ＋ − item and then select or
and then select the or the switch by pressing
"CH7""CH8" or "CH9" by the + key or ‒ key.
key.
Range：Cond, SwA ∼ SwH
"INH" side.
■ R.P.M setting Default：

③ Select the "RATE" item ＋ − （Cond）
and then adjust the rate or NORM=0.0%, IDL1=50.0%, IDL2=100.0%,
by pressing the + key or ‒ IDL3=100.0%, HOLD=0.0%
key.
（2P Switch selection ）
Range：0.0 ∼ 100.0% UP=0.0%, DOWN=100.0%
（3P Switch selection）
UP=0.0%, CNTR=50.0%, DOWN=100.0%
（When using an ON/OFF switch）

*Select the OFF-CTRL item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
■ ON/OFF Switch selection ■ Switch direction
① Select the "SW" ＋ − ② Select the "POSI" by pressing ＋ −
or
it e m a n d t he n or the + key or ‒ key at the ON
select the switch direction selection item.
by pressing the
● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
+ key or ‒ key. ● 3P SW：UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN
Range：SwA ∼ SwH
Default：SwA
（When number of rotations goes up at the time of Throttlehold ）

*If the speed is increased at throttle hold, the governor and transmitter operating directions will not
Helicopter
coincide. In this case, match the operating directions by reversing the polarity of "CH8".
What is a governor ？
A governor is made up of a set of sensors which
read the RPM of the helicopter s head, and a
control unit that automatically adjusts the throttle
setting to maintain a constant head speed
regardless of changes in pitch of blades, weather
conditions, etc. Governors are extremely popular in
competition helicopters due to the consistency
provided.
How does it help in helicopter setup? The
governor eliminates the need to spend large
amounts of time setting up throttle curves, as it
automatically adjusts the engine s RPM to
maintain the desired head speed.
142
HOV-THR Hovering throttle (HELICOPTER)
Function
The hovering throttle function trims the throttle humidity, and other flying conditions can be
near the hovering point. trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed.
When the hovering throttle knob is turned More precise trimming is possible by using this
clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned function together with the hovering pitch function.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\
counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor
QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS
speed changes due to changes in the temperature,
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "HOV-THR" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● When "INH", the function

+297+5 cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".
Trim memory settting （Compensation amount at trim
memory）
（Actual compensation amount
VR setting
including the hovering throttle
Selection of condition knob）
● The knob operating direction
● Select the setting item is different depending on the
● NORM：Only the normal condition operates
with the Jog key. ● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition and polarity.
idle-up1.
Hovering Throttle
Helicopter
① Select the "MIX" ＋ − ② Select the "MODE" item ＋ −
item and then or and then select condition or
select the "ON" by by pressing the + key or ‒
or ‒ key. Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
● When you do not use a function, set to Default：NORM
the "INH" side.
■ VR setting （Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position）

③ Select the "VR" item and then select the
"VR" or "DT" by pressing the + key or ‒ ■ Memory setting
key. ④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize the
current trim position by pressing the Jog
Range：NULL （OFF）
, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5,
key.
+DT6, -DT6
Default：+DT6 ● When the knob is returned to the center after
memorization, the trim position returns to its
previous position.
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
position, the value is cumulated.
143
HOV-PIT Hovering pitch (HELICOPTER)
Function
The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near More precise trimming is possible by using
the hovering point. this function together with the hovering throttle
When the hovering pitch knob is turned function.
clockwise, the pitch gets stronger and when it is ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP
QRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXS
turned counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker.
ŏ7KH WULP SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH PHPRUL]HG ,I LW LV
Rotor speed changes due to changes in temperature, PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG
humidity, and other flying conditions can be WKHRULJLQDOWULPVWDWHFDQEHUHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\
trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation. VHWWLQJ WKH NQRE WR WKH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKH WULP
SRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "HOV-PIT" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● When "INH", the function

+293,7
cannot be used. To use the
function, switch to "ON".
Trim memory settting （Compensation amount at trim
memory）
（Actual compensation amount
VR setting
including the hovering pitch
Selection of condition knob）
● The knob operating direction
● Select the setting item is different depending on the
● NORM：Only the normal condition operates
with the Jog key. ● NORM/IDL1：It operates by normal condition and polarity
idle-up1.
Hovering Pitch
Helicopter

① Select the "MIX" ＋ − ② Select the "MODE" item ＋ −
item and then or and then select condition or
select the "ON" by by pressing the + key or ‒
or ‒ key. Range：NORM, NORM/IDL1
● When you do not use a function, set to Default：NORM
the "INH" side.
■ VR setting （Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position）

③ Select the "VR" item ＋ − ■ Memory setting
and then select the or ④ Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current
"VR" or "DT" by trim position by pressing the Jog key.
pressing the + key
● When the knob is returned to the center after
or ‒ key. memorization, the trim position returns to its
Range：NULL （OFF）
, +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5, previous position.
+DT6, -DT6
［NOTE］If memorization is repeated at the same
Default：-VR
position, the value is cumulated.
144
HI/LO-PIT HI/LO-pitch trim (HELICOPTER)
Function
The high/low pitch trim function adjusts the ŏ7KH KLJK SLWFK DQG ORZ SLWFK WULP OHYHUV DQG
pitch servo high side and low side to the optimum RSHUDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 7KH WULP
OHYHUVRSHUDWHLQFRPPRQIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQG
SLWFKLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQQRUPDO D XVHGR QRW XVH WULP OHYHU FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IRU
idle up 1/2/3, hold). HDFKIXQFWLRQ
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "HI/LO-PIT" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
（Present condition ）
Selection of condition +,/23,7
High side Pitch

Trim ON,OFF
High side trim （Actual adjustment position
including high pitch trim）
（Low side same） ● Selected from among DT5,
DT6, and VR. The operation
direction is different
● Select the setting item depending on the polarity (+,
with the Jog key. -).
HI/LO-pitch trim
Helicopter
■ Selection of condition ■ Adjustment by Key operation
① Select the setting ＋ − ④ Select each function item of "HI-PIT" or "LO-PIT" and
condition selection or set the pitch rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.
item and select Range：60 ∼ 100%
the condition by
Default：100%
■ DT, VR adjustment ON, OFF selection
② Select ON, OFF by pressing the + key or
‒ key at the high side or low side "ADJ"
item.
■ TYP selection
③ Select trim or VR by pressing the + key or ‒
key at the "TYP" item.
Range：+DT5, -DT5, +DT6, -DT6,+VR,
-VR
● The high side or low side pitch can be
adjusted with the selected digital trim or
VR.
145
THR-MIX Throttle mixing (HELICOPTER)
Function
This mixing compensates for slowing of the ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWOLPLWVWKHWKURWWOHKROGSRLQW
helicopter when the ailerons, elevators, and rudder RUKLJKHVWSRLQWRSHUDWLRQ
are operated.
ŏ7KH FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK
FRQGLWLRQ
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR-MIX" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
7+50,;
Activating the function select INH.
Condition
Mixing

Helicopter
Throttle mixing
① Select the "MIX" item and then select the ② Select each function item ＋ −
"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key. of "MIX" and set the rate by or
＋ −
or Range：0 ∼ 100%
（RUD → THR : -100 ∼ +100%）
Default：0%
● When you do not use a function, set to ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
the "INH" side. value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
● The setting condition can be selected by pressing

the Jog key at rate adjustment.
Range：NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3
146
THR → NEEDL Throttle → Needlemixing（For helicopters ） (HELICOPTER)
Function
This mixing sets the mixture by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle
stick movement when the engine is equipped with a mixture control
system (needle control or other mixture adjustment). Normal condition
(NOR) idle up use (ID2) and idle up 3 (ID3) can be set independently.
The needle servo connects to CH8 of the transmitter.
8CH
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "THR → NEEDL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
7+5 ‫ ڀ‬1(('/ ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Condition
5 point curve
set
● The CURVE settings are
displayed by a curve.
with the Jog key.
Throttle → Needlemixing
① Select the "MIX" item and then ＋ − ● When such, setting condition can be
or chosen by pressing Jog key.
select the "ON" or "OFF" by
Range：NOR, I12, ID3
● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side.
■ 5 point curve setting Default： Helicopter

② Select the setting item of each ＋ − P-5: 100.0%
point (P-1 ∼ P-5) with the Jog P-4: 75.0%
or
key and set the travel of each P-3: 50.0%
point by pressing the + key or ‒ P-2: 25.0%
key. P-1: 0.0%
Range：0.0 ∼ 100.0% to the initial value, press the + key
and ‒ key simultaneously.

① Select the "CND" item and ② Press the + key or ‒ key and ③ Copy the condition by
switch to the curve copy select the copy destination pressing the Jog key for 1
mode by pressing the Jog condition. second.
key.
or
147
Glider function
the model type was set to glider (2AIL+4FLP) is displayed here.
Power ON
To menu screen
by holding down
● Then turn on
the + key
● First set the the power. （Home screen）
throttle to slow.
$)
● W hen t h e E N D k e y i s
pressed, the display END ＋
（1 second） ● When the + key is pressed for
returns to the home 1 second, the menu screen is
screen. displayed.
MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜$)
0(18岜岜岜岜$)
㌣0'/6(/ ㌣(1'32,17
MENU ㌣0'/1$0( ㌣75,0
1/3 ㌣)$,/6$)( ㌣68%75,0
㌣5(9(56( ㌣30,;
㌣7,0(5 ㌣$8;&+$1
㌣6(592 ㌣3$5$0(7(5
0(18岜岜岜岜$) （Selection）
● Move the cursor
㌣7(/(0(75< ㌣$,/‫ڀ‬58' ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d
㌣6(1625 ㌣97$,/ down and to the left and
MENU ㌣6%86/,1. ㌣*<526(16 right with the Jog key and
2/3 select the function.
㌣0'/75$16
Glider

㌣75$,1(5 over several pages.
㌣$,/',))
0(18岜岜岜岜$)
㌣'5(;32 ㌣%877(5)/<
MENU ㌣02725 ㌣&$0%5‫(ڀ‬/(
3/3 ㌣&21',7,21 ㌣(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%5
㌣58'‫ڀ‬$,/ ㌣$,/‫&ڀ‬$0%5
㌣&$0%5岜)/3 ㌣$,/‫ڀ‬%5.)/ ƔPress the Jog key to open the
㌣&$0%5岜0,; ㌣75,00,; setting screen.
148
Key ／ LCD
$)
●Jog key
●END key
■ The menu item is an example of WING type 2 ailerons + 4 flaps. The menu items
can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if WING type is 1AIL,
since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type used.
Relevant WING type display → WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

■ Function
MENU1/3 MENU2/3 MENU 3/3

MDL-SEL (P.40) TELEMETRY (P.66) D/R, EXPO (P.154)
Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup Dual rate ／ EXPO
SENSOR (P.83) MOTOR SW (P.156)
MDL-NAME (P.43) Telemetry sensor Motor switch
SBUS LINK (P.89) CONDITION (P.157)
FAIL SAFE (P.45) S.BUS servo set up Condition
Fail safe
MDL-TRANS (P.92) RUD → AIL (P.158)
REVERSE (P.47) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J Rudder → Aileron mixing
Servo reverse
TRAINER (P.93) CAMBR FLP (P.159)
TIMER (P.48) Trainer Camber flap mixing
Timer AIL-DIFF (P.150) CAMBR MIX (P.160)
SERVO (P.49) Aileron Differential Camber mixing
Servo monitor ／ Servo test AIL → RUD (P.151) BUTTERFLY (P.161)
END POINT (P.50) Aileron → Rudder Butterfly mixing
End point V-TAIL (P.152) CAMBR → ELE (P.162)
TRIM (P.51) V-Tail Camber → Elevator mixing
Trim reset ／ Trim step GYRO SENS (P.153) ELE → CAMBR (P.163)
SUB TRIM (P.52) Gyro mixing Elevator → Camber mixing
Glider
Sub trim AIL → CAMBR (P.165)

P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Aileron → Camber mixing
Program mixing 1 ∼ 6 AIL → BRKFL (P.166)
AUX-CHAN (P.56) Aileron → Brake flap
AUX channel TRIM MIX (P.167)
PARAMETER (P.58) Trim MIX
alarm
149
AIL-DIFF Aileron differential (GLIDER)
WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F
Function
Two servos can be used for ailerons and a
differential can be applied to left and right
aileron operation.
Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the
right aileron to CH7. CH1
ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQ
FRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\
CH7
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL-DIFF" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,/',))
（Aileron rate）
Aileron1（CH1）rate L：Aileron Stick Left side rate
Aileron2（CH7）rate R：Aileron Stick Right side rate

the Jog key.
Aileron Differential
■ Aileron control surface angle adjustment
① Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and then move the aileron stick
Glider
to the left and right and adjust the travel of each by pressing
Range：-120 ∼ +120%
Default：+100%
the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not
return.
（Adjust the RATE-AIL2 item the same as ② .）
150
AIL → RUD Aileron → Rudder (GLIDER)
Function
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudder
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL → RUD" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,/ ‫ ڀ‬58'
崐嵓嵕嵛‫ڀ‬嵑崨嵤
0,;㌣,1+ select INH.
Rate adjustment
5$7(㌣1250 ● When condition was used, the display
can be switched and each connection
6:㌣6:$ can be set by switching the condition
● Select the setting item 326,㌣'2:1 switch.
with the Jog key. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.

(Selected with the Jog key and
3 Position Switch changed with the +key)
NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF selected switch.
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON
2 Position Switch
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON
Aileron → Rudder
Glider

＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：0%
● When you do not use a function, set press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However,
to the "INH" side. polarity does not return.
151
V-TAIL V-Tail (GLIDER)
Function
This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that
combine the elevator and rudder functions. Ｖ-tail
CH2 (CH4) CH4 (CH2)
CH2 Servo CH4 Servo

Elevator ELE1 ELE2
Rudder RUD2 RUD1
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "V-TAIL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
97$,/ ● When INH is selected, the

ELE1 rate
ELE2 rate
（Rate adjustment）
RUD2 rate
RUD1 rate

the Jog key.
V-TAIL
■ Activating the function ■ Rate adjustment
Glider
＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：+50%
（only ELE2 : -50%）
return.
the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range
152
GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (GLIDER)
Function
This function is dedicated mixing for switching IOLJKW WKH J\UR ZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ DWWLWXGH )URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW RI VDIHW\ ZH
UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW
NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK
axes can be set. ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH VHWWLQJFKDQQHO
VHW 6ZLWFKHV $ WR + ,I WKH DLUSODQH VWDOOV GXULQJ
Method
＋（1 second）

select INH.
Gain Channel selection Sensitivity switch selection
Switch direction
direction）
Gyrotype, ● Switches to the sensitivity setting
Gain rate screen of each switch
direction when the
Jog key is pressed.
with the Jog key. （Gyro type）（Gyro Gain）
GYRO SENS
key or ‒ key. or
"INH" side.
Glider
"CH" item and or screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type)
then select and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the sensitivity the + key or ‒ key.
CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
Default：CH5
153
D/R,EXPO Dual rate ／ EXPO (GLIDER)
Function
D/R
EXP
ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "D/R, EXPO" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）

Channel selection
Glider
underlined.
Dual rate
EXPO
Switch selection
curve.

the setting item with the （Switch number） 1：Aileron
（D/R and EXPO rate display） 3：Throttle
Top row；Left side ／ down
4：Rudder
Bottom row；Right side ／ up
154
D/R
＋ − the + key and ‒ key
simultaneously.

EXPO
simultaneously.

Switch Change
① Select the "SW" item and then select ② A switch is chosen by + key or ‒ key.
＋ −
or
Range：SwA ∼ SwH
Glider
Range：1, 2, 4
155
MOTOR SW Motor switch (GLIDER)
Function
This function sets the operating motor when ŏ)RUVDIHW\WKH212))VZLWFKRIWKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOI
the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The FDQEHVHW
ŏ,IDWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUVXSSO\LVVZLWFKHGRQZKLOH
operating speed can individually set in 2 ranges WKH PRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOO
of high from slow and slow from high. If you do RSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWK
motor control with a throttle stick, you should WKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))
set this function to INH.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "MOTOR SW" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
● Present motor control position

027256: ● If this safety switch is not ON, the
motor will not start even if the
02'(㌣2)) starter switch is turned on. In
"NULL", a safe function does not
6$)(6:㌣6:$㌣'2:1
work.
● Select the setting 67576:㌣6:'㌣'2:1
item with the 2))21 ● Start SW
Jog key. 326,㌣㌣ ● A setup of the motor control

63(('㌣2))㌣2)) position (3CH end point)of High-
side and Low-side
● Decelerating speed setting ● Accelerating speed setting

Motor
① Select the "MODE" item ＋ − ② Change the switch by ＋ −
and then select the or pressing the + key or or
"OFF" by pressing the ‒ key a t t h e s w i t c h
+ key or ‒ key. selection item.
● When you do not use a function, set to the Range：SwA ∼ SwH
"INH" side.
■ Switch direction ■ Speed setting

Glider
③ Select the ＋ − ④ Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.
" D O W N " it em or Range：OFF,1 ∼ 10(more slowly)
and then select
the position by ● (ON) is the acceleration speed setting.
pressing the + key or ‒ key. ● (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.
● 2P SW：UP, DOWN
● 3P SW： UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,
C&DN, DOWN
DANGER
Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.
Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\
156
CONDITION Condition (GLIDER)
Function
The condition function lets you change multiple ŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDW FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ FRQGLWLRQ
settings by one switch operation. Different DUH
settings can be made immediately by switching 2 ・$LOHURQń5XGGHU ・5XGGHUń$LOHURQ
conditions. ・&DPEHU)/3 ・&DPEHU0,; ・%XWWHUÁ\
・&DPEHUń(/( ・(/(ń&DPEHU ・$,/ń&DPEHU
・$,/ń%5.)/ ・7ULPPL[
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CONDITION" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
&21',7,21 ● When not using this

Function select INH.
The display of On/Off is
Condition1 shown when active and
㌣,1+㌣6:$㌣'2:1 assigned to a switch.
㌣,1+㌣6:$㌣'2:1
Condition2 ● Priority is given to the
condition 2 when the
● Select the setting item condition 1 and 2 is turned on
with the Jog key. simultaneously.
（Activating the function）（Switch direction）
（Switch selection）
CONDITION
① Select the "INH" item of the ＋ −
condition you want to use and or
then set that condition to "ON" or
"OFF" by pressing the + key or ‒
key.
Glider
● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".
（Changing the switch）

② Change the switch by ＋ − ③ Select the ON direction ＋ −
pressing the + key or or by pressing the + key or or
‒ key at the switch ‒ key at the ON direction
selection item. selection item.
Range：
Default：SwA DOWN
157
RUD → AIL Rudder → Aileron (GLIDER)
Function
This function is used when you want to mix ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such
as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn or
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full-
size aircraft.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "RUD → AIL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
58'‫ڀ‬$,/
0,;㌣,1+ select INH.
Mixing rate
5$7(㌣1250 ● When condition was used, the display
● Select the setting item 6:㌣6:$ can be set by switching the condition
with the Jog key. 326,㌣'2:1 switch.
● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.

3 Position Switch (Selected by Jog key and changed by
NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN + key.)
ON ON ON ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF
● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON selected switch.
2 Position Switch
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON
RUD → AIL
Glider

＋ − Range：-100 ∼ +100%
or Default：0%
● When you do not use a function, set press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However,
to the "INH" side. polarity does not return.
158
CAMBR FLP Camber flap (GLIDER)
Function
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV
)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3 FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
Aileron1
independently for each servo according to the (CH1) Flap1 Flap3
ZLQJW\SH7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7DQG (Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5) (CH8) Flap4
WKHEUDNHÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7 (Brake Flap)
(CH9) Aileron2
Flap2
ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG (Camber Flap)
(CH7)
ŏ7KH FRQWURO VZLWFK FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ $8; (CH6)
FKDQQHO
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CAMBR FLP" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
D T5 a n d D T6 s e t
the amount of
movement when &$0%5岜)/3
the flap is operated. &$0%(5)/$3
with the Jog key.
57572)6
● Flap1 )㌣㌣㌣＋ −
● Flap2 )㌣㌣㌣
● Flap3 )㌣㌣㌣
● Flap4 )㌣㌣㌣
● The number is changed
by + key or ‒ key.
● Up side rate ● Down side rate ● Offset rate
Camber FLP ２page

[Brakeflap → Camberflap] （Currently selected condition）
Glider
&$0%5岜)/3
‫ق‬1250
%5$.()/$3‫ڀ‬岜岜&$0%(5
57572)6

)/㌣㌣㌣ ● Brake FLP to camber FLP
mixing rate and offset
● Selection of whether or 0,;㌣,1+ (axis shift)
not mixing from brake 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
FLP to camber FLP is
performed
● Brake FLP to camber FLP ● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing
mixing switch selection switch operation direction
159
CAMBR MIX Camber mixing (GLIDER)
Function
This function adjusts the rate of camber corrected.
operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWRVLGHOHYHU'7
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFK
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates ŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHO
can also be adjusted independently and attitude
changes caused by camber operation can be
All the wing control surfaces are

All the wing control surfaces are
Turn the VR raised and the camber is
lowered and the camber is increased
decreased (lift decreases)
(lift increases)
Attitude changes are compen- Attitude changes are compen-
sated for by setting the sated for by setting the
amount of elevator movement. amount of elevator movement.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CAMBR MIX" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
（Currently selected condition）

Sets the amount of
movement when
the VR was turned. &$0%5岜0,;1250
5$7(5$7( with the Jog key.
● Aileron1 $,/㌣㌣
● Aileron2 $,/㌣㌣＋ −
● Camber MIX ACT/INH 0,;㌣,1+
● Can be set to operate 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
from a switch. When ● The number is changed
NULL, it is operated by by + key or ‒ key.
a VR.
( R AT E1)：T h e a m o u n t o f ( R AT E2)：T h e a m o u n t o f
Glider
operations when VR is turned to operations when VR is turned to

the right. the left.
Sets the amount of [Camber FLP ２page] （Currently selected condition）

movement when
the VR is turned. &$0%5岜0,;1250
5$7(5$7(

● Flap1 )/3㌣㌣
● Flap2 )/3㌣㌣
● Flap3 )/3㌣㌣
● Flap4 )/3㌣㌣
● Elevator (/(㌣㌣ ● Amount of compensation
of the elevator when the
camber changed.
160
BUTTERFLY Butterfly mixing (GLIDER)
Function
6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\
This function is utilized to quickly slow the 3 URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKH
aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously WHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ZLQJ
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the DOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely ŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
WKHIROORZLQJ
OFF
ON
Resistance increased by raising
Switch set to ON THR stick lowered (High) the elevators and lowering the
flaps
Fine tuning of an elevator

Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "BUTTERFLY" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Amount of movement setting （Currently selected condition）
%877(5)/<岜岜岜1250

● Aileron1 $,/㌣ )/3㌣
● Aileron2 $,/㌣ )/3㌣ ● Select the setting item
● Amount of elevator (/(㌣ )/3㌣ with the Jog key.
compensation )/3㌣＋ −
● Butterfly : ACT/INH 0,;㌣,1+
● Can be either set to a 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
switch or when NULL is 2)67㌣
controlled by the THR ● The number is changed
stick. ● Current THR stick position by + key or ‒ key.
0％ : Low 100％ : High
Glider
● Offset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%. ● When MIX is set to ACT, the
Brake amount amount of MIX(s) according to
MAX
stick operation is displayed.
OFST ▶ 100%
At THR stick high press the Jog key for 1 second High Slow
THR stick operation
Brake amount
MAX
● When offset is set below a center, the
Start from mixing of THR stick operates by the high
60%
OFST ▶60% side.
At THR stick 60% press the Jog key for 1 second High Slow
THR stick operation
161
CAMBR → ELE Camber → Elevator mixing (GLIDER)
Function
When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,
the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch. Flap operation
This mix compensates for such changes by pitch change
incorporating elevator input.
ŏ 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU² Flap1
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\ (CH5)
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
Flap2
(CH6)
Elevator
compensated
(CH2) for by elevators
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CAMBR → ELE" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
&$0%5‫(ڀ‬/(1250 ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Mixing rate 5$7(5$7(
(/(㌣㌣ ● When condition is used, the display
Activating the function can be switched and each connection
0,;㌣,1+ can be set by switching the condition
with the Jog key.
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1 switch.
3 Position Switch ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed.

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN ( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF
changed with the +key)
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the
selected switch.
2 Position Switch
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF ● ( R AT E1) a n d ( R AT E2) s h o w t h e
direction of camber of operation.
Glider
ON OFF ON
Camber → ELE mixing

＋ − Range：-120 ∼ +120%
or Default：0%
to the "INH" side.
162
ELE → CAMBR Elevator → Camber mixing (GLIDER)
Function
This function is used when you want to mix the ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ
WKLVWRDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH
increased. FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH5$1*(
Aileron1
Up the elevator (CH1) Flap1 Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5) (CH8) Flap4
(Brake Flap)
(CH9) Aileron2
Flap2 (CH7)
(Camber Flap)
(CH6)
flap is down
Elevator
Method (CH2)

① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "ELE → CAMBR" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
Mixing rate (/(‫&ڀ‬$0%51250

5$7(5$7(
with the Jog key.
● Aileron1 $,/㌣㌣
● Aileron2 $,/㌣㌣＋ −
● Camber MIX ACT/INH 0,;㌣,1+
● Can be either set to a 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
switch or when NULL is 5$1*(㌣
always active.
by + key or ‒ key.
● Described on ● Current position of the
the next page. elevator stick
Glider
[ELE → Camber ２page]

Mixing rate (/(‫&ڀ‬$0%51250

● (RATE1) and (RATE2) show
5$7(5$7( the direction of elevator of
● Flap1 )/3㌣㌣ operation.
● Flap2 )/3㌣㌣
● Flap3 )/3㌣㌣
● Flap4 )/3㌣㌣
163
（ELE → Camber ）
(/(‫&ڀ‬$0%51250
5$7(5$7(

$,/㌣㌣
$,/㌣㌣
0,;㌣,1+ ● When MIX is set to ACT, the
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1 amount of MIX(s) according to
5$1*(㌣ stick operation is displayed.
● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting so
that camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly
is possible.
RANGE setting
■ Setting state ■ To setting value
① Select the "0%" item next to ② Move the elevator stick to the position you
RANGE with the Jog key. want operation to begin.
Can be either up or down. When set

to down, the up side is also set by the
same amount.
■ Set value memorization

③ Press the Jog key for 1 second. (/(‫&ڀ‬$0%51250
5$7(5$7(

$,/㌣㌣
Hold the stick in $,/㌣㌣
position.
0,;㌣,1+
6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1
5$1*(㌣
When elevator operation exceeds the range,

the stick position is displayed and mixing is
performed.
Glider
● When a RANGE number is selected and the

Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is
reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.
164
AIL → CAMBR Aileron → Camber mixing (GLIDER)
Function
7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVZLWKDLOHURQ ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
operation (stick). It is used when you want to OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
increase roll axis maneuverability.
Flaps and ailerons
operate
OFF
ON
Set switch to ON Ailerons operation Roll is corrected by using
the ailerons to control the
camber FLP.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL → CAMBR" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,/‫&ڀ‬$0%51250 ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Mixing rate /()75,*+7
)/3㌣㌣
● When condition was used, the
Activating the function )/3㌣㌣ display can be switched and
0,;㌣,1+ each connection can be set by
● Select the setting item 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1 switching the condition switch.
with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF changed with the +key)
2 Position Switch selected switch.
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF
Glider
ON OFF ON
AIL → Camber mixing

＋ − Range：-120 ∼ +120%
or Default：0%
● When you do not use a function, set press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
to the "INH" side.
165
AIL → BRKFL Aileron → Brake flap mixing (GLIDER)
Function
This mixing links the brake flaps with aileron ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH
operation (stick). It is used when you want to OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV FDQ EH PDGH E\ FKDQJLQJ
WKHUDWHSRODULW\
increase roll axis maneuverability.
Flaps and ailerons
operate
OFF
ON
Roll is corrected by using
Set the switch to ON Ailerons operation
the ailerons to control the
brake FLP.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "AIL → BRKFL" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
$,/‫ڀ‬%5.)/1250 ● When not using this function,

select INH.
Mixing rate /()75,*+7
)/3㌣㌣
Activating the function )/3㌣㌣ ● When condition was used, the
display can be switched and each
0,;㌣,1+ connection can be set by switching
● Select the setting item 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1 the condition switch.
with the Jog key.
3 Position Switch
NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ( S e l e c t e d w i t h t h e Jog key a n d
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF
changed with the +key)
2 Position Switch selected switch.
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF
Glider
ON OFF ON
AIL → BRKFL mixing

＋ − Range：-120 ∼ +120%
or Default：0%
● When you do not use a function, set press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
to the "INH" side.
166
TRIM MIX Trim mix (GLIDER)
Function
This function shifts the ailerons, elevators, and ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ
HDFKÀDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID FDQEHVHW
switch.
OFF Aileron1
(CH1) Flap1 Flap3
(Camber Flap) (Brake Flap)
(CH5) (CH8) Flap4
(Brake Flap)
ON (CH9) Aileron2
Flap2 (CH7)
(Camber Flap)
Set the switch to ON (CH6)
Trim of each control surface is

moved to the set value. Elevator
(CH2)
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "TRIM MIX" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）
[TRIM MIX page1] ● When condition is used, the display

75,00,;1250 can be set by switching the condition
switch.
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
$,/㌣ )/3㌣
with the Jog key. (/(㌣)/3㌣
)/3㌣
＋ − ● Sets the trim neutral position of each
control surface.
Range：-100 ∼ +100
Returned to 0 by pressing the + key
[TRIM MIX page2] and ‒ key simultaneously.
by + key or ‒ key. 75,00,;
Activating the function 0,;㌣,1+ (Selected with the Jog key and
● When not using this 6:㌣6Z$㌣'2:1 changed with the +key)
Glider
function, select INH. ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the

'(/$< $,/㌣2)) selected switch.
)/3㌣2))
(/(㌣2))
● Servo speed at which the trim position is to the set
position. Sudden attitude changes are prevented
by turning the switch on. (Selected by Jog key and
3 Position Switch
changed by + key and ‒ key.)
NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN Range：OFF(fast shift）、1 ∼ 10（slow shift）
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF Returned to OFF by pressing the Jog key for a long
time.
*This is not the servo speed when the stick was
2 Position Switch operated.
NULL UP DOWN
ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON
167
Multicopter Function
the model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.
Power ON
To menu screen
by holding down
the + key
● First set the
power. （Home screen）
throttle to slow.
● When the + key is pressed for

END ＋ 1 second, the menu screen is
pressed, the display returns （1 second）
displayed.
to the home screen.
MENU
0(18岜岜岜岜
0(18岜岜岜岜

㌣0'/6(/ ㌣(1'32,17
MENU ㌣0'/1$0( ㌣75,0
1/2 ㌣)$,/6$)( ㌣68%75,0
㌣5(9(56( ㌣30,;
（Selection）
㌣7,0(5 ㌣$8;&+$1 ● Move the cursor
㌣6(592 ㌣3$5$0(7(5 (highlighted) up and down
Multicopter
and to the left and right

with the Jog key and select
0(18岜岜岜岜 the function.
㌣7(/(0(75< ㌣'5(;32 over several pages.
㌣6(1625 ㌣&175$/50
MENU
㌣6%86/,1.
2/2 ㌣0'/75$16
㌣75$,1(5
㌣*<526(16
● Press the Jog key to open the

setting screen.
168
key ／ LCD
●Jog key
●END key

■ Function
MENU1/3 MENU2/3
MDL-SEL (P.40) TELEMETRY (P.66)
Model select ／ Model Copy ／ Data Telemetry Display ／ Alarm setup
SENSOR (P.83)
MDL-NAME (P.43) Telemetry sensor
SBUS LINK (P.89)
FAIL SAFE (P.45) S.BUS servo set up
Fail safe
MDL-TRANS (P.92)
REVERSE (P.47) Data transfer of another T10J
Servo reverse
TRAINER (P.93)
TIMER (P.48) Trainer
Timer GYRO SENS (P.170)
SERVO (P.49) Gyro mixing
Servo monitor ／ Servo test D/R, EXPO (P.171)
Multicopter
END POINT (P.50) Dual rate ／ EXPO
End point CNTR ALRM (P.173)
TRIM (P.51) Center alarm
Trim reset ／ Trim step
SUB TRIM (P.52)
Sub trim
P.MIX1-6 (P.53)
Program mixing 1 ∼ 6
AUX-CHAN (P.56)
AUX channel
PARAMETER (P.58)
alarm
169
GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (MULTICOPT)
ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH
Function VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKFDQEH
This function is dedicated mixing for switching VHW6ZLWFKHV$WR+
the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ RU &+&+&+
NORMAL) of Futaba gyros. Up to 3 axes can be FRPELQDWLRQV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\
set. The attitude control of multicopter uses the VHWWLQJFKDQQHO
system of multicopter attachment.
*When this function is used, it becomes impossible for
This "GYROSENS" will be used for accessories, CH5 to use it for multi copter controller.
such as camera control. Use CH6 for multi copter controller and use SwC.
Method
＋（1 second）

select INH.
Gain Channel selection Gain switch selection
Switch direction
direction）
Gyrotype,
Gain rate ● Switches to the
sensitivity setting
● Select the setting item screen of each switch
with the Jog key. （Gyro type）（Gyro Gain） direction when the
Jog key is pressed.
GYRO SENS
Multicopter

key or ‒ key. or
"INH" side.
" C H " i tem an d or screen you want to set and then set type (gyro type)
then select and rate (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing
the sensitivity the +key or ‒ key.
CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial
Default：CH5
170
D/R,EXPO Dual rate ／ EXPO (MULTICOPT)
Function
D/R
EXP
ŏ7KH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH´µVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDU
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH´µVLGHLVLQFUHDVHG
WKHVORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH
Method
＋（1 second）
Multicopter

Channel selection
underlined.
Dual rate
EXPO
Switch selection
curve.

the setting item with the （Switch number） 1：Aileron
（D/R and EXPO rate display） 3：Throttle
Top row；Left side ／ down 4：Rudder
Bottom row；Right side ／ up
171
D/R
return the set value
to the initial value,
＋ − press the + key and ‒
key simultaneously.

EXPO
simultaneously.

Switch Change
Multicopter
① Select the "SW" item and then select ② A switch is chosen by + key or -key.
＋ −
or
Range：1, 2, 4 Range：SwA ∼ SwH
172
CNTR ALRM Center alarm (MULTICOPT)
Function
$QDODUPVLQJOHEHHSFDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ
ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK
Beep sounds
When the THR stick

is set to the
specified position.
Method
① Call the menu screen from the ② Select "CNTR ALRM" ③ Open the setting screen by
＋（1 second）

Jog key.
&175$/50
67.326,$/50 function cannot be used.
INH ⇔ ON/OFF 02'(㌣21 the function is activated. ON
Switch selsction 6:㌣6Z$ and OFF changes are linked
Switch direction 326,㌣'2:1 to the switch.
Multicopter
Stick position 67,&.㌣ ● The number in parenthesis
is the current throttle stick
position.
Position setting
① Stick position is chosen by ② Set the throttle stick to the ③ When the Jog key is held
Jog key. position at which you want down the alarm sounds at
to generate the alarm. that position.
&175$/50
67.326,$/50 Memorize the position at

02'(㌣21
6:㌣6Z$ which the beep is to sound.
326,㌣'2:1
THR Stick
67,&.㌣
173
TX SETTING
The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can be
changed and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.
Turn on the power switch with the + key

7;6(77,1* and ‒ key pressed in the power off state. The
67.02'(
screen shown at the left appears. To return
67.$'- 1(;7
7+55(9 125 to the home screen, turn off the power
/$1*8$*( (QJOLVKᴾ and then turn the power back on without
pressing the keys.
■ STK-MODE
This is the MODE1 ∼ MODE4 setting. The
RUD AIL RUD AIL initial state is MODE2. To change the mode
ELE THR THR ELE the stick ratchet must be changed. Request
MODE 1 MODE 2 that this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged
modification)
AIL RUD AIL RUD

ELE THR THR ELE
MODE 3 MODE 4
■ STK-ADJ
This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment.
Do not use it in the normal state.

① Turn off the power and then ② Select STK-ADJ → NEXT ③ Enter the setting screen by
turn the power back on while in the menu with the Jog pressing the Jog key.
pressing the + key and ‒ key key.
simultaneously.
＋ −
Stick adjustment
① Select the stick you want to ② Press the Jog key down ③ Set the stick to the neutral
adjust with 1 ∼ 4 with the + and select NEUT ■ . position and press the Jog
key. key.
＋
4 1
3 2
174
④ Swing the selected stick fully ⑤ ■ appears next to "LEFT" ⑥ When "COMPLETE" is
to the left and right (up and and "RGHT". Press the Jog displayed, adjustment is
down). key. complete.
END
■ THR-REV
This function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down
and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is effective and
when the stick is down, trim is not effective.
*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in the
normal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim
becomes ineffective at slow.
THR-REV
① Turn off the power and then ② Select THR-REV → NOR ③ Select NOR or REV by
turn on the power while in the menu with the Jog pressing the + key or ‒ key.
pressing the + key and ‒ key key. Setting is ended by power
simultaneously. off.
＋ − ＋ −
■ LANGUAGE
The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but
can be selected from among 7 languages.
LANGUAGE
① Turn off the power and then ② Select ③ Select NOR or REV by
turn on the power while LANGUAGE → English in pressing the + key or ‒ key.
pressing the + key and ‒ key the menu with the Jog Setting is ended by power
simultaneously. key. off.
＋ − ＋ −
Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power
without pressing a key.
FUTABA CORPORATION
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983
2014, 02 (2)
175

10j Manual

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

10j Manual

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System

%HIRUHXVH ..............................................12 BEFORE USE

Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53 Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................92

Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56 Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93

FOR SERVICE ONLY: FOR SUPPORT :

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Meaning of Special Markings

Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

Academy of Model Aeronautics

CONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Communications System Usable Receivers

+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\

Power Switch LCD Panel

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGH IRU86$ V\VWHPDV

Power Switch LCD Panel

(Center/Down) Idle down

2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA

TO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEM

1250$/ 97$,/ $,/9$725 (/(921

(Normal linkage type)

$,/ $‫ك‬ $,/ $‫ك‬ $,/)/3 $)‫ك‬

$,/)/3 $)‫ك‬ $,/)/3 $)‫ك‬

To transmitter charging jack recommended.

STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT

Four screws are

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.

+ screw is clockwise. + screw is counter-clockwise.

Stick tension maximum Stick tension minimum ※A screw touches a case.

END Key ＋ Key

1.Press and hold 2.Push the +key

END Key − Key

1.Press and hold 2.Push the −key

Rudder trim Aileron trim

The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever

A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY.

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link

7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.

Do not connect either a switch

"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power. ¿UHDQGEXUQV

Red LED blink 1 time 2 time 3 time 4 time

instructions: away from each other as much as possible.

*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.

S.BUS Glider usage example

HUB×1 (Optional) Servo: S3173SVi×9 (Optional)

* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection

* i Connector makes S.BUS

i-i Connector (Optional)

Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )

S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )

Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )

Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )

Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )

+8% +8% +8%

+8% +8% ●When separate power supply used

+XE +XE +XE

6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR 7HOHPHWU\

1. Turn on the transmitter power.

●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)

Power battery voltage is

Servos are classified by channel, but sensors 6HQVRU Slot 17

are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot +8%

Model copy 6(/(㌣02'(/ ● Original data : Model type

● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep

+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKHP$KWUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGHIRU86$V\VWHPDV

2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA

1250$/ 97$,/ $,/9$725 (/(921

$,/$‫ك‬ $,/$‫ك‬ $,/)/3$)‫ك‬

$,/)/3$)‫ك‬ $,/)/3$)‫ك‬

"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power. ¿UHDQGEXUQV

6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR 7HOHPHWU\

Model copy 6(/(㌣02'(/ ● Original data : Model type

F/S Position )$,/6$)( 7)+66

● Select the channel with ‫ ڀ‬$,/

（Left ／ Down）（Right ／ Up）

● Select the channel with the 68%75,0

ATLTrim $7/㌣210'/